Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 15, 2012

Registration No. 333-184187

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   77-0683487

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

10880 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 2150

Los Angeles, California 90024

(424) 248-6500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Alan H. Auerbach

President and Chief Executive Officer

Puma Biotechnology, Inc.

10880 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 2150

Los Angeles, California 90024

(424) 248-6500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

B. Shayne Kennedy   William C. Hicks
Latham & Watkins LLP   John T. Rudy
650 Town Center Drive, 20 th Floor   Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris,
Costa Mesa, CA 92626   Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.
(714) 540-1235   666 Third Avenue
  New York, NY 10017
  (212) 935-3000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  Promptly after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee (2)

Common Stock $0.0001 par value

  $100,000,000   $11,759.75

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price. $9,884.25 has been previously paid with respect to a proposed aggregate offering price of $86,250,000 at a rate of $114.60 per million, which was the rate in effect at the time of payment. An additional $1,875.50 is being paid at the rate currently in effect with respect to the additional $13,750,000 included in the proposed maximum offering price.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion Preliminary Prospectus dated October 15, 2012

PROSPECTUS

5,270,092 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

We are selling 5,270,092 shares of our common stock.

Our shares currently trade on the OTC Bulletin Board and OTCQB Market under the symbol “PBYI.” The last reported sale price of our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board and OTCQB Market on October 11, 2012 was $16.50 per share. We have applied to list our shares on the New York Stock Exchange and expect that, after the pricing of this offering, our shares will trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBYI.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

    

Per Share

    

Total

 

Public offering price

   $         $     

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional 790,514 shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Leerink Swann

 

Stifel Nicolaus Weisel

 

Cowen and Company

  UBS Investment Bank

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     11   

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     28   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     29   

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

     30   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     30   

CAPITALIZATION

     31   

DILUTION

     33   

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     35   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     36   

BUSINESS

     47   

MANAGEMENT AND DIRECTORS

     66   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     71   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     77   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     79   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     82   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     85   

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     88   

UNDERWRITING

     93   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     98   

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

     98   

EXPERTS

     98   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

 

 

This prospectus includes estimates, statistics and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications, research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties and publicly available information. Such data involves a number of assumptions and limitations and contains projections and estimates of the future performance of the industries in which we operate that are subject to a high degree of uncertainty. This prospectus also includes data based on our own internal estimates. We caution you not to give undue weight to such projections, assumptions and estimates.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that should be considered before investing in our common stock. Before making an investment decision, investors should carefully read the entire prospectus, paying particular attention to the risks referred to under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and our financial statements and the notes to those financial statements. As used in this prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a Delaware corporation formed on April 27, 2007 and formerly known as Innovative Acquisitions Corp., and the term “Former Puma” refers to Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a private Delaware corporation that merged with and into us in October 2011.

Overview

We are a development-stage biopharmaceutical company that acquires and develops innovative products for the treatment of various forms of cancer. We focus on in-licensing drug candidates that are undergoing or have already completed initial clinical testing for the treatment of cancer and then seek to further develop those drug candidates for commercial use.

We currently license the rights to three drug candidates:

 

   

PB272 (neratinib (oral)), which we are developing for the treatment of advanced breast cancer patients and non-small cell lung cancer patients;

 

   

PB272 (neratinib (intravenous)), which we are developing for the treatment of advanced cancer patients; and

 

   

PB357, which we believe can serve as a backup compound to PB272, and which we are currently evaluating for further development in 2013.

We are initially focused on developing neratinib for the treatment of patients with human epidermal growth receptor type 2, or HER2, positive metastatic breast cancer. Studies show that approximately 20% to 25% of breast cancer tumors have an over-expression of the HER2 protein. Women with breast cancer that over-expresses HER2, referred to as HER2 positive breast cancer, are at greater risk for disease progression and death than women whose tumors do not over-express HER2. Therapeutic strategies, such as the use of Herceptin (trastuzumab) and Perjeta (pertuzumab), both produced by Genentech, and Tykerb (lapatinib), produced by GlaxoSmithKline, given in combination with chemotherapy have been developed to improve the treatment of this cancer by blocking HER2.

Currently, the FDA-approved first-line therapy for treatment of HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer is the combination of Perjeta plus Herceptin and taxane chemotherapy. The current FDA-approved second-line therapy is Tykerb, given in combination with the chemotherapy drug capecitabine. In a Phase III clinical trial, patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer who received the combination of Tykerb plus capecitabine demonstrated a median progression free survival of 27.1 weeks and a response rate of 23.7%.

Based on pre-clinical and clinical studies to date, we believe that neratinib may offer an advantage over existing treatments by more potently inhibiting HER2 at a site distinct from those targeted by pertuzumab, trastuzumab, and lapatinib and by acting via a mechanism different from those of other HER2 active drugs. Results from a Phase II clinical study, where patients with second line HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer were administered the combination of neratinib and capecitabine, demonstrated a median progression survival of 40.3 weeks and an overall response rate of 64%. We anticipate commencing our Phase III clinical trial of neratinib (oral) for breast cancer patients who have previously failed HER2 directed therapy in late 2012 or in early 2013.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We are also exploring the safety and efficacy of neratinib (oral) for the treatment of patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer with brain metastases, for the treatment of HER2 positive neoadjuvant breast cancer, for the treatment of HER2 mutated non-small cell lung cancer and in the treatment of patients with a newly identified breast cancer mutation in HER2 negative breast cancer, as well as neratinib (oral) in combination with temsirolimus in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer who have failed multiple prior treatments. We have ongoing Phase II clinical trials for each of these applications, except for the newly identified breast cancer mutation in HER2 negative breast cancer patients, a group for which we expect to initiate a study later this year.

We license the exclusive worldwide rights to our current drug candidates from Pfizer Inc., or Pfizer, which had previously been responsible for the clinical trials regarding neratinib. We have modified Pfizer’s clinical development strategy and during the next 12 to 18 months plan to:

 

   

commence Phase III clinical trials evaluating the use of neratinib in combination with chemotherapy and other anti-cancer drugs as a second- or third-line treatment for HER2 positive breast cancer;

 

   

initiate Phase II clinical trials to evaluate the use of neratinib for the treatment of HER2 mutated non-small cell lung cancer and in patients with a newly identified breast cancer mutation in HER2 negative breast cancer;

 

   

continue the ongoing Phase II clinical trial of neratinib in the neoadjuvant treatment of HER2 positive breast cancer and the ongoing Phase II trial of neratinib in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer that has metastasized to the brain; and

 

   

continue to evaluate the application of neratinib in the treatment of other forms of HER2 positive cancers where there may be unmet medical needs.

Strategy

Our strategy is to become a leading oncology-focused biopharmaceutical company. The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

 

   

Advance PB272 (neratinib), our lead drug candidate, toward regulatory approval and commercialization. We are primarily focused on developing neratinib for the treatment of patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. We have modified the previous clinical development strategy that Pfizer employed by focusing our planned Phase II and Phase III clinical trials on the use of neratinib as a second- or third-line metastatic treatment option, which we believe may be underserved by current treatment alternatives and where clinical trials have shown substantial levels of activity. We are also focusing on the development of neratinib in the neoadjuvant treatment of patients with HER2 positive breast cancer and in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer that has metastasized to the brain.

 

   

Expand our product pipeline by pursuing additional applications of neratinib. We believe there are additional applications for neratinib in HER2 mutated non-small cell lung cancer, which we also believe may be underserved by current treatment alternatives, in patients with a newly identified breast cancer mutation in HER2 negative breast cancer patients and in tumor types where HER2 is overexpressed, and we intend to further evaluate the safety and efficacy of neratinib for treating these cancers.

 

   

Focus on developing innovative cancer therapies. We focus on oncology drug candidates in order to capture efficiencies and economies of scale. We believe that drug development for cancer markets is particularly attractive because relatively small clinical trials can provide meaningful information regarding patient response and safety. Furthermore, we believe that our capabilities are well suited to the oncology market and represent distinct competitive advantages.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Build a sustainable pipeline by employing multiple therapeutic approaches and disciplined decision criteria based on clearly defined proof of principal goals. We seek to build a sustainable product pipeline by employing multiple therapeutic approaches and by acquiring drug candidates belonging to known drug classes. In addition, we employ disciplined decision criteria to assess drug candidates, favoring drug candidates that have undergone at least some clinical study. Our decision to license a drug candidate will also depend on the scientific merits of the technology; the costs of the transaction and other economic terms of the proposed license; the estimated amount of capital required to develop the technology; and the economic potential of the drug candidate, should it be commercialized. We believe this strategy minimizes our clinical development risk and allows us to accelerate the development and potential commercialization of current and future drug candidates. We intend to pursue regulatory approval for a majority of our drug candidates in multiple indications.

 

   

Evaluate the commercialization strategies on a product-by-product basis in order to maximize the value of each product. As we move our drug candidates through development toward regulatory approval, we will evaluate several options for each drug candidate’s commercialization strategy. These options include building our own internal sales force; entering into a joint marketing partnership with another pharmaceutical company or biotechnology company, whereby we jointly sell and market the product; and out-licensing our product, whereby another pharmaceutical company or biotechnology company sells and markets our product and pays us a royalty on sales. Our decision will be made separately for each product and will be based on a number of factors including capital necessary to execute on each option, size of the market that needs to be addressed and terms of potential offers from other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. It is too early for us to know which of these options we will pursue for our drug candidates, assuming their successful development.

Product Development Pipeline

The following chart shows each of our current drug candidates and their clinical development stage:

 

LOGO

 

 

3


Table of Contents

PB272 (neratinib (oral))—Breast Cancer

Neratinib is a potent irreversible tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or TKI, that blocks signal transduction through the epidermal growth factor receptors, or EGFRs, HER1, HER2 and HER4. We believe neratinib has clinical application in the treatment of several cancers, including breast cancer, non-small cell lung cancer and other tumor types that overexpress HER2. Our initial focus is on the development of neratinib as an oral treatment of patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer.

Advantages of Neratinib

Based on pre-clinical and clinical studies to date, we believe that neratinib may offer an advantage over existing treatments that are used in the treatment of patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer who failed first-line therapy, including treatment with pertuzumab and trastuzumab. Currently, the treatment of metastatic breast cancer patients who have failed first-line therapy with trastuzumab and pertuzumab involves continuing treatment with chemotherapy given in combination with either trastuzumab or lapatinib. We believe that by more potently inhibiting HER2 at a different site and acting via a mechanism different from those of pertuzumab, trastuzumab or lapatinib, neratinib may have potential advantages over these existing treatments, most notably due to its increased selectivity and stronger inhibition of the HER2 target enzyme.

PB272 (neratinib (intravenous))

We also plan to develop neratinib as an intravenously administered agent. In pre-clinical studies, the intravenous version of neratinib resulted in higher exposure levels of neratinib in pre-clinical models. We believe that this may result in higher blood levels of neratinib in patients, and this may translate into enhanced efficacy. We plan to file the Investigational New Drug application, or IND, for the intravenous formulation of neratinib in 2013.

PB357

PB357 is an orally administered agent that is an irreversible TKI that blocks signal transduction through the epidermal growth factor receptors, HER1, HER2 and HER4. PB357 is structurally similar to PB272. Pfizer had completed single dose Phase I trials of PB357. We are currently evaluating PB357 and considering options relative to its development in 2013.

Risks Affecting Us

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” including the following:

 

   

We currently have no product revenues and no products approved for marketing, and will need to raise additional capital to operate our business.

 

   

We have a limited operating history and are not profitable and may never become profitable.

 

   

We are heavily dependent on the success of neratinib (oral), our lead drug candidate, which is still under clinical development, and we cannot be certain that neratinib (oral) will receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized even if we receive regulatory approval.

 

   

Clinical trials are very expensive, time-consuming and difficult to design and implement.

 

   

The results of our clinical trials may not support our drug candidate claims.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

We depend significantly on intellectual property licensed from Pfizer and the termination of this license would significantly harm our business and future prospects.

 

   

Our ability to commercialize our potential products will depend on our ability to sell such products without infringing the patent or proprietary rights of third parties. If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it will be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in that litigation would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

   

Prior to this offering, there has been a limited public market for our common stock, and there can be no assurance that a regular trading market will develop and continue after this offering or that the market price of our common stock will not decline below the public offering price. You may therefore be unable to re-sell shares of our common stock at times and prices that you believe are appropriate.

Corporate History

We were incorporated on April 27, 2007 in Delaware under the name “Innovative Acquisitions Corp.” Until October 4, 2011, we were a “shell” company with nominal assets and no operations.

On September 29, 2011, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with IAC Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary, or Merger Sub, and Former Puma.

On October 4, 2011, Merger Sub merged with and into Former Puma, and Former Puma, as the surviving entity, became our wholly-owned subsidiary. In this prospectus, we refer to the merger between Merger Sub and Former Puma as the “Merger.”

Immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger, Former Puma completed a private placement pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated October 4, 2011, or the Securities Purchase Agreement, with certain institutional and accredited investors. In this prospectus, we refer to this private placement as the “Initial Financing.” Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, Former Puma sold 14,666,733 shares of its common stock at a price per share of $3.75 for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $55 million. Former Puma also issued a warrant to each investor that provided such investor with anti-dilution protection in regard to certain issuances of securities. These warrants expired unexercised, in accordance with their terms, following the quotation of our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board. Former Puma also issued a warrant to Alan H. Auerbach, our President and Chief Executive Officer, that will entitle Mr. Auerbach to purchase a number of shares sufficient to maintain ownership of 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the closing of this offering, at a price per share equal to the price per share paid by investors in this offering.

Following the Initial Financing, Former Puma had 18,666,733 shares of its common stock issued and outstanding. At the effective time of the Merger, each share of Former Puma’s common stock outstanding prior to the effective time was cancelled and automatically converted into the right to receive one share of our common stock as consideration for the Merger. Simultaneously, we issued to Former Puma’s former stockholders an aggregate of 18,666,733 shares of our common stock. In connection with the Merger, we also assumed all of Former Puma’s outstanding warrants as well as an unsecured convertible promissory note for $150,000 held by Mr. Auerbach, which he subsequently converted, in accordance with its terms, to 40,000 shares of our common stock.

The Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition with Former Puma as the accounting acquirer and us as the legal acquirer. Upon completion of the Merger, all of our directors and officers prior to the Merger resigned and the directors and officers of Former Puma became our directors and officers. The business plan of Former Puma also became our business plan.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Following the closing of the Merger, pursuant to the terms of a Redemption Agreement dated October 4, 2011, or the Redemption Agreement, between us and our stockholders immediately prior to the Merger, we completed the repurchase of all of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger. Upon completion of the Merger and the redemption, the former stockholders of Former Puma held 100% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

As a final step in the reverse merger process, our board of directors approved a short-form merger pursuant to which Former Puma merged with and into us, leaving us as the surviving corporation. In connection with the short-form merger, we changed our corporate name from “Innovative Acquisitions Corp.” to “Puma Biotechnology, Inc.” The short-form merger became effective on October 4, 2011.

In November 2011, we entered into subscription agreements with 139 accredited investors, including Thomas R. Malley, one of our directors, pursuant to which we sold in a private placement an aggregate of 1,333,267 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $3.75. In this prospectus, we refer to this private placement as the “Subsequent Financing.” We received aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $5.0 million from the Subsequent Financing. The issuance of the shares in the Subsequent Financing was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, inasmuch as the shares were issued to accredited investors without any form of general solicitation or general advertising.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 10880 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 2150, Los Angeles, California 90024. Our telephone number is (424) 248-6500. Our website is www.pumabiotechnology.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into, and should not be considered a part of, this prospectus.

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, which such fifth anniversary will occur in 2017. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this registration statement and may elect to take advantage of other reduced burdens in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and have elected to take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosure available to smaller reporting companies.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us    5,270,092 shares
Common stock outstanding after this offering:    25,310,092 shares
Option to purchase additional shares    The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 790,514 shares of our common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
Use of Proceeds    We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for the overall development of our drug candidates, including, but not limited to, research and development and clinical trial expenditures, and for general corporate and working capital purposes.
Offering Price    $16.50
Current market for our shares    Our shares currently trade on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB Market under the symbol “PBYI.”
Anticipated New York Stock Exchange symbol    In connection with this offering we have applied to list our shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBYI.”

Unless otherwise noted, the number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 20,040,000 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2012, and excludes:

 

   

1,392,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2012 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.97 per share;

 

   

2,136,912 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our incentive award plan; and

 

   

an indeterminate number of shares issuable to Alan Auerbach, our Chief Executive Officer, upon exercise of a warrant that entitles Mr. Auerbach to purchase a number of shares sufficient to maintain his ownership of 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the closing of this offering. This warrant becomes exercisable upon the completion of this offering and, assuming we sell 5,270,092 shares in this offering at a public offering price of $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Mr. Auerbach would be entitled to purchase 1,277,523 shares at $16.50 per share.

Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. The statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the period from September 15, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for the period from September 15, 2010 (inception) to June 30, 2012 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this data together with our audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year.

 

     Period from
September 15,
2010
(inception) to

December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Six Months Ended     Period from
September 15,
2010 (inception)
to

June 30,
2012
 
         June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2011
   
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Statement of Operations Data:

          

Operating expenses:

          

General and administrative

   $ 6,931      $ 9,319,587      $ 2,936,503      $ 38,038      $ 12,263,021   

Research and development

     —          826,372        23,574,289        —          24,400,661   

Depreciation and amortization

     —          10,702        118,236        168        128,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

     6,931        10,156,661        26,629,028        38,206        36,792,260   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,931     (10,156,661     (26,629,028     (38,206     (36,792,260
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     —          3,783        48,152        —          51,935   

Other income (expense)

     —          (80,000     —          —          (80,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

     —          (76,217     48,152        —          (28,065
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (6,931   $ (10,232,878   $ (26,580,876   $ (38,206   $ (36,820,685
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stock (1)

   $ (6,931   $ (10,232,878   $ (26,580,876   $ (38,206   $ (36,820,685
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (0.002   $ (1.32   $ (1.326   $ (0.01  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

     4,000,000        7,746,529        20,040,000        4,000,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Please see Note 3 to our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 and Note 2 to our unaudited financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2012 included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
     As of
December 31, 2011
    As of June 30, 2012  
       Actual     Pro Forma (1)  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 53,381,734      $ 41,001,998      $ 122,117,865   

Total assets

     55,398,167        44,436,429        125,552,296   

Total liabilities

     1,025,632        16,397,586        16,397,586   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (10,239,809     (36,820,685     (45,512,965

Total stockholders’ equity

     54,372,535        28,038,843        109,154,710   

 

(1) Reflects the sale by us of an assumed 5,270,092 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock on October 11, 2012, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds from such sale. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $4.95 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth above, remains the same. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would increase each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $15.5 million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $15.5 million. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. In addition to the other information set forth in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the factors discussed below when considering an investment in our common stock. If any of the events contemplated by the following discussion of risks should occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer significantly. As a result, you could lose some or all of your investment in our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business.

Risks Related to our Business

We currently have no product revenues and no products approved for marketing, and will need to raise additional capital to operate our business.

To date, we have generated no product revenues. Until, and unless, we receive approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other regulatory authorities overseas for one or more of our drug candidates, we cannot market or sell our products and will not have product revenues. Currently, our only drug candidates are neratinib (oral), neratinib (intravenous) and PB357, and none of these products has been approved by the FDA for sale in the United States or by other regulatory authorities for sale outside the United States. Moreover, each of these drug candidates is in the early stages of development and will require significant time and capital before we can even apply for approval from the FDA. Therefore, for the foreseeable future, we do not expect to achieve any product revenues and will have to fund all of our operations and capital expenditures from cash on hand, licensing fees and grants, and potentially, future offerings of our securities. Following this financing, we believe that our cash on hand is sufficient to fund our operations for the next two years. However, changes may occur that would consume our available capital faster than anticipated, including changes in and progress of our development activities, acquisitions of additional drug candidates and changes in regulation. In such situations, we may need to seek additional sources of financing, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If we do not succeed in timely raising additional funds on acceptable terms, we may be unable to complete planned pre-clinical and clinical trials or obtain approval of any drug candidates from the FDA and other regulatory authorities. In addition, we could be forced to discontinue product development and forego attractive business opportunities. Any additional sources of financing will likely involve the issuance of additional equity securities, which will have a dilutive effect on our stockholders.

We have a limited operating history and are not profitable and may never become profitable.

We were formed in April 2007 and were a “shell” company with no specific business plan or purpose until we acquired Former Puma on October 4, 2011. Former Puma was a development-stage company formed in September 2010 and, prior to entering into the license agreement with Pfizer in August 2011, its operations were limited to identifying compounds for in-licensing. As a result, we have a history of operating losses and no meaningful operations upon which to evaluate our business. We expect to incur substantial losses and negative operating cash flow for the foreseeable future as we continue development of our drug candidates, which we do not expect will be commercially available for a number of years, if at all. Even if we succeed in developing and commercializing one or more drug candidates, we expect to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future and may never become profitable. The successful development and commercialization of any drug candidates will require us to perform a variety of functions, including:

 

   

undertaking pre-clinical development and clinical trials;

 

   

hiring additional personnel;

 

   

participating in regulatory approval processes;

 

   

formulating and manufacturing products;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

initiating and conducting sales and marketing activities; and

 

   

implementing additional internal systems and infrastructure.

We will likely need to raise additional capital in order to fund our business and generate significant revenue in order to achieve and maintain profitability. We may not be able to generate this revenue, raise additional capital or achieve profitability in the future. Our failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively impact the value of our common stock.

We are heavily dependent on the success of neratinib (oral), our lead drug candidate, which is still under clinical development, and we cannot be certain that neratinib (oral) will receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized even if we receive regulatory approval.

We currently have no products that are approved for commercial sale and may never be able to develop marketable drug products. We expect that a substantial portion of our efforts and expenditures over the next few years will be devoted to our lead drug candidate, neratinib (oral). Accordingly, our business currently depends heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of neratinib (oral). We cannot be certain that neratinib (oral) will receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized even if we receive regulatory approval. The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, sale, marketing and distribution of drug products are and will remain subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries that each have differing regulations. We are not permitted to market neratinib (oral) in the United States until it receives approval of a New Drug Application, or NDA, from the FDA, or in any foreign countries until it receives the requisite approval from such countries. We have not submitted an NDA to the FDA or comparable applications to other regulatory authorities and do not expect to be in a position to do so for the foreseeable future. Obtaining approval of an NDA is an extensive, lengthy, expensive and inherently uncertain process, and the FDA may delay, limit or deny approval of neratinib (oral) for many reasons, including:

 

   

we may not be able to demonstrate that neratinib (oral) is safe and effective as a treatment for our targeted indications to the satisfaction of the FDA;

 

   

the results of its clinical studies may not meet the level of statistical or clinical significance required by the FDA for marketing approval;

 

   

the FDA may disagree with the number, design, size, conduct or implementation of our clinical studies;

 

   

the clinical research organization, or CRO, that we retain to conduct clinical studies may take actions outside of our control that materially adversely impact our clinical studies;

 

   

the FDA may not find the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical studies sufficient to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of neratinib (oral) outweigh its safety risks;

 

   

the FDA may disagree with our interpretation of data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical studies or may require that we conduct additional studies;

 

   

the FDA may not accept data generated at our clinical study sites;

 

   

if our NDA is reviewed by an advisory committee, the FDA may have difficulties scheduling an advisory committee meeting in a timely manner or the advisory committee may recommend against approval of our application or may recommend that the FDA require, as a condition of approval, additional pre-clinical studies or clinical studies, limitations on approved labeling or distribution and use restrictions;

 

12


Table of Contents
   

the advisory committee may recommend that the FDA require, as a condition of approval, additional pre-clinical studies or clinical studies, limitations on approved labeling or distribution and use restrictions;

 

   

the FDA may require development of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, as a condition of approval;

 

   

the FDA may identify deficiencies in the manufacturing processes or facilities of our third-party manufacturers; or

 

   

the FDA may change its approval policies or adopt new regulations.

Clinical trials are very expensive, time-consuming and difficult to design and implement.

Each of our drug candidates is still in development and will require extensive clinical testing before we are prepared to submit an NDA for regulatory approval. We cannot predict with any certainty if or when we might submit an NDA for regulatory approval for any of our drug candidates or whether any such NDA will be approved by the FDA. Human clinical trials are very expensive and difficult to design and implement, in part because they are subject to rigorous regulatory requirements. The clinical trial process is also time-consuming. We estimate that clinical trials of our drug candidates will take at least several years to complete. Furthermore, failure can occur at any stage of the trials, and we could encounter problems that cause us to abandon or repeat clinical trials. The commencement and completion of clinical trials may be delayed by several factors, including:

 

   

failure to obtain regulatory approval to commence a trial;

 

   

unforeseen safety issues;

 

   

determination of dosing issues;

 

   

lack of effectiveness during clinical trials;

 

   

inability to reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites;

 

   

slower than expected rates of patient recruitment;

 

   

failure to manufacture sufficient quantities of a drug candidate for use in clinical trials;

 

   

inability to monitor patients adequately during or after treatment; and

 

   

inability or unwillingness of medical investigators to follow our clinical protocols.

Further, we, the FDA or an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, may suspend our clinical trials at any time if it appears that we or our collaborators are failing to conduct a trial in accordance with regulatory requirements, that we are exposing participants to unacceptable health risks, or if the FDA finds deficiencies in our IND submissions or the conduct of these trials. Therefore, we cannot predict with any certainty the schedule for commencement and completion of future clinical trials. If we experience delays in the commencement or completion of our clinical trials, or if we terminate a clinical trial prior to completion, the commercial prospects of our drug candidates could be harmed, and our ability to generate revenues from the drug candidates may be delayed. In addition, any delays in our clinical trials could increase our costs, slow down the approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

13


Table of Contents

Enrollment and retention of patients in clinical trials is an expensive and time-consuming process and could be made more difficult or rendered impossible by multiple factors outside our control.

We may encounter delays in enrolling, or be unable to enroll, a sufficient number of patients to complete any of our clinical trials, and even once enrolled we may be unable to retain a sufficient number of patients to complete any of our trials. Patient enrollment and retention in clinical trials depends on many factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the trial protocol, the existing body of safety and efficacy data with respect to the study drug, the number and nature of competing treatments and ongoing clinical trials of competing drugs for the same indication, the proximity of patients to clinical sites and the eligibility criteria for the study. Furthermore, any negative results we may report in clinical trials of any of our drug candidates may make it difficult or impossible to recruit and retain patients in other clinical studies of that same drug candidate. Delays or failures in planned patient enrollment and/or retention may result in increased costs, program delays or both, which could have a harmful effect on our ability to develop our drug candidates, or could render further development impossible. In addition, we expect to rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure proper and timely conduct of our future clinical trials and, while we intend to enter into agreements governing their services, we will be limited in our ability to compel their actual performance.

The results of our clinical trials may not support our drug candidate claims.

Even if our clinical trials are completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support the safety and effectiveness of our drug candidates for our targeted indications. Success in pre-clinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, and we cannot be sure that the results of later clinical trials will replicate the results of prior clinical trials and pre-clinical testing. A failure of a clinical trial to meet its predetermined endpoints would likely cause us to abandon a drug candidate and may delay development of other drug candidates. Any delay in, or termination of, our clinical trials will delay the filing of our NDAs with the FDA and, ultimately, our ability to commercialize our drug candidates and generate product revenues.

Physicians and patients may not accept and use our drugs.

Even if the FDA approves one or more of our drug candidates, physicians and patients may not accept and use them. Acceptance and use of our product will depend upon a number of factors including:

 

   

perceptions by members of the health care community, including physicians, about the safety and effectiveness of our drug;

 

   

cost-effectiveness of our products relative to competing products;

 

   

availability of reimbursement for our products from government or other healthcare payors; and

 

   

effectiveness of marketing and distribution efforts by us and our licensees and distributors, if any.

Because we expect sales of our current drug candidates, if approved, to generate substantially all of our product revenues for the foreseeable future, the failure of these drugs to find market acceptance would harm our business and could require us to seek additional financing.

We rely on third parties to conduct our pre-clinical and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our drug candidates.

We depend upon independent investigators and collaborators, such as CROs, universities and medical institutions, to conduct our pre-clinical and clinical trials under agreements with us. These collaborators are not

 

14


Table of Contents

our employees and we cannot control the amount or timing of resources that they devote to our programs. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with regulatory requirements and the applicable protocol. These investigators may not assign as great a priority to our programs or pursue them as diligently as we would if we were undertaking such programs ourselves. If outside collaborators fail to devote sufficient time and resources to our drug-development programs, or if their performance is substandard or otherwise fails to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, the approval of our FDA applications, if any, and our introduction of new drugs, if any, will be delayed. These collaborators may also have relationships with other commercial entities, some of whom may compete with us. If our collaborators assist our competitors to our detriment, our competitive position would be harmed. If any of our relationships with these third-party collaborators terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative third-parties on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Switching or adding additional third parties to our clinical trial programs can involve substantial costs and require extensive management time and focus.

We will rely exclusively on third parties to formulate and manufacture our drug candidates. The commercialization of any of our drug candidates could be stopped, delayed or made less profitable if those third parties fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of product or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices .

We have no experience in drug formulation or manufacturing and do not intend to establish our own manufacturing facilities. We lack the resources and expertise to formulate or manufacture our own drug candidates. While our drug candidates were being developed by Pfizer, both the drug substance and drug product were manufactured by third-party contractors. We are using the same third-party contractors to manufacture, supply, store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. If we are unable to continue our relationships with one or more of these third-party contractors, we could experience delays in our development efforts as we locate and qualify new manufacturers. If any of our current drug candidates or any drug candidates we may develop or acquire in the future receive FDA approval, we intend to rely on one or more third-party contractors to manufacture the commercial supply of our drugs. Our anticipated future reliance on a limited number of third-party manufacturers exposes us to the following risks:

 

   

We may be unable to identify manufacturers on acceptable terms or at all because the number of potential manufacturers is limited and the FDA must approve any replacement contractor. This approval would require new testing and compliance inspections. In addition, a new manufacturer would have to be educated in, or develop substantially equivalent processes for, production of our products after receipt of FDA approval, if any.

 

   

Our third-party manufacturers might be unable to formulate and manufacture our drugs in the volume and of the quality required to meet our clinical needs and commercial needs, if any.

 

   

Our future contract manufacturers may not perform as agreed or may not remain in the contract manufacturing business for the time required to supply our clinical trials or to successfully produce, store and distribute our products.

 

   

Drug manufacturers are subject to ongoing periodic unannounced inspection by the FDA, the Drug Enforcement Administration, and corresponding state agencies to ensure strict compliance with regulations on current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs and other government regulations and corresponding foreign standards. We do not have control over third-party manufacturers’ compliance with these regulations and standards.

 

   

If any third-party manufacturer makes improvements in the manufacturing process for our products, we may not own, or may have to share, the intellectual property rights to the innovation.

Each of these risks could delay (i) our clinical trials, (ii) the approval, if any, of our drug candidates by the FDA or (iii) the commercialization of our drug candidates or result in higher costs or deprive us of potential product revenues.

 

15


Table of Contents

We have no experience selling, marketing or distributing products and no internal capability to do so.

We currently have no sales, marketing or distribution capabilities. We do not anticipate having the resources in the foreseeable future to allocate to the sales and marketing of our proposed products. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to enter into and maintain collaborative relationships for such capabilities, the collaborator’s strategic interest in the products under development and such collaborator’s ability to successfully market and sell any such products. We intend to pursue collaborative arrangements regarding the sale and marketing of our products if and when they are approved; however, we cannot assure you that we will be able to establish or maintain such collaborative arrangements, or if able to do so, that they will have effective sales forces. To the extent that we decide not to, or are unable to, enter into collaborative arrangements with respect to the sales and marketing of our proposed products, significant capital expenditures, management resources and time will be required to establish and develop an in-house marketing and sales force with technical expertise. We also cannot assure you that we will be able to establish or maintain relationships with third-party collaborators or develop in-house sales and distribution capabilities. To the extent that we depend on third parties for marketing and distribution, any revenues we receive will depend upon the efforts of such third parties, and there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful. In addition, there can also be no assurance that we will be able to market and sell our products in the United States or overseas.

We rely significantly on information technology and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security lapse of that technology, including any cybersecurity incidents, could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.

Our internal computer systems and those of third parties with which we contract may be vulnerable to damage from cyber-attacks, computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures despite the implementation of security measures. System failures, accidents or security breaches could cause interruptions in our operations, and could result in a material disruption of our clinical activities and business operations, in addition to possibly requiring substantial expenditures of resources to remedy. The loss of clinical trial data could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and our research and development programs and the development of our product candidates could be delayed.

Health care reform measures may hinder or prevent our drug candidates’ commercial success.

The United States and some foreign jurisdictions have enacted or are considering enacting a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products profitably. Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or collectively, PPACA, became law in the United States. PPACA substantially changed and will continue to change the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers and significantly affects the pharmaceutical industry. Among the provisions of PPACA of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are the following:

 

   

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, beginning in 2011;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

an increase in the rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, retroactive to January 1, 2010, to 23.1% and 13% of the average manufacturer price for branded and generic drugs, respectively;

 

   

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturers’ outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D, beginning in 2011;

 

   

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, effective March 23, 2010;

 

   

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals beginning in April 2010 and by adding new eligibility categories for certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the Federal Poverty Level beginning in 2014, thereby potentially increasing manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

 

   

increase in the number of entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program, effective in January 2010;

 

   

new requirements to report certain financial arrangements with physicians, including reporting any “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers and other healthcare providers, effective March 30, 2013, and reporting any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members during the preceding calendar year;

 

   

a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians, effective April 1, 2012;

 

   

a licensure framework for follow-on biologic products; and

 

   

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

The PPACA also requires adults not covered by employer or government-sponsored insurance plans to maintain health insurance coverage or pay a penalty, a provision commonly referred to as the individual mandate. Following court challenges to the constitutionality of the individual mandate and aspects of Medicaid expansion, on June 28, 2012, the U.S. Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the individual mandate, and invalidated requirements that states forfeit certain federal funding if they do not expand Medicaid coverage as prescribed by PPACA. Although the Court left the remainder of PPACA intact, Congress has proposed a number of legislative initiatives, including the possible repeal of PPACA in its entirety. We cannot assure you that the PPACA, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not adversely affect our business and financial results, and we cannot predict all of the ways in which future federal or state legislative or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

Nevertheless, we anticipate that the PPACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product, and could seriously harm our business. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. Thus, we expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of neratinib (oral), neratinib (intravenous), PB357 and any other products that we may develop, due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative proposals. There may be additional pressure by payors and healthcare providers to use generic drugs that contain the active

 

17


Table of Contents

ingredients found in neratinib (oral), neratinib (intravenous), PB357 or any other drug candidates that we may develop. If we fail to successfully secure and maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products or are significantly delayed in doing so, we will have difficulty achieving market acceptance of our products and expected revenue and profitability which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse and false claims laws and regulations. Prosecutions under such laws have increased in recent years and we may become subject to such litigation. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties.

If we obtain FDA approval for any of our drug candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our operations may be directly, or indirectly through our customers, subject to various state and federal fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and federal False Claims Act and the state law equivalents of such laws. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and education programs.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willingly soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and, despite a series of narrow safe harbors, prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. Penalties for violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. Many states have also adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, including private insurance programs.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits persons from knowingly filing, or causing to be filed, a false claim, or the knowing use of false statements, to obtain payment from the federal government. Suits filed under the False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government, and such individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. The frequency of filing qui tam actions has increased significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of pharmaceutical, medical device and other healthcare companies to have to defend False Claims Act actions. When it is determined that an entity has violated the False Claims Act, the entity may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties for each separate false claim. Various states have also enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act.

The recently enacted PPACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the PPACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

We are unable to predict whether we could be subject to actions under any of these or other fraud and abuse laws, or the impact of such actions. If we are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above and other applicable state and federal fraud and abuse laws, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government healthcare reimbursement programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

If we cannot compete successfully for market share against other drug companies, we may not achieve sufficient product revenue and our business will suffer.

The market for our drug candidates is characterized by intense competition and rapid technological advances. If any of our drug candidates receives FDA approval, it will compete with a number of existing and future drugs and therapies developed, manufactured and marketed by others. Existing or future competing products may provide greater therapeutic convenience or clinical or other benefits for a specific indication than our products, or may offer comparable performance at a lower cost. In addition, a large number of companies are pursuing the development of pharmaceuticals that target the same diseases and conditions that we are targeting. If our products fail to capture and maintain market share, we may not achieve sufficient product revenue and our business will suffer.

We will compete against fully integrated pharmaceutical companies and smaller companies that are collaborating with larger pharmaceutical companies, academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations. Many of these competitors have oncology compounds that have already been approved or are in development. In addition, many of these competitors, either alone or together with their collaborative partners, operate larger research and development programs or have substantially greater financial resources than we do, as well as significantly greater experience in the following:

 

   

developing drugs;

 

   

undertaking pre-clinical testing and clinical trials;

 

   

obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of drugs;

 

   

formulating and manufacturing drugs; and

 

   

launching, marketing and selling drugs.

Our ability to generate product revenues will be diminished if our drugs sell for inadequate prices or patients are unable to obtain adequate levels of reimbursement.

Our ability to commercialize our drugs, alone or with collaborators, will depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement will be available from the following:

 

   

government and health administration authorities;

 

   

private health maintenance organizations and health insurers; and

 

   

other healthcare payors.

Significant uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved healthcare products. Healthcare payors, including Medicare, are challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. Government and other healthcare payors increasingly attempt to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement for drugs. Even if one of our drug candidates is approved by the FDA, insurance coverage may not be available, and reimbursement levels may be inadequate to cover such drug. If government and other healthcare payors do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement levels for one of our products, once approved, market acceptance of such product could be reduced.

We may be exposed to liability claims associated with the use of hazardous materials and chemicals.

Our research and development activities may involve the controlled use of hazardous materials and chemicals. Although we believe that our safety procedures for using, storing, handling and disposing of these

 

19


Table of Contents

materials comply with federal, state and local laws and regulations, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials. In the event of such an accident, we could be held liable for any resulting damages and any liability could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous or radioactive materials and waste products may require us to incur substantial compliance costs that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The loss of one or more key members of our management team could adversely affect our business.

Our success and future growth depends to a significant degree on the skills and continued services of our management team, in particular Alan H. Auerbach, our President and Chief Executive Officer. If Mr. Auerbach resigns or becomes unable to continue in his present role and is not adequately replaced, our business operations could be materially adversely affected. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance for Mr. Auerbach.

If we are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our ability to grow our business may be harmed.

As of June 30, 2012, we had 41 employees, including our President and Chief Executive Officer. Our future success depends on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate other highly skilled scientific, technical, marketing, managerial and financial personnel. Although we will seek to hire and retain qualified personnel with experience and abilities commensurate with our needs, there is no assurance that we will succeed despite their collective efforts. Competition for personnel is intense, and any failure to attract and retain the necessary technical, marketing, managerial and financial personnel would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not successfully manage our growth.

Our success will depend upon the expansion of our operations and our ability to successfully manage our growth. Our future growth, if any, may place a significant strain on our management and on our administrative, operational and financial resources. Our ability to manage our growth effectively will require us to implement and improve our operational, financial and management systems and to expand, train, manage and motivate our employees. These demands may require the hiring of additional management personnel and the development of additional expertise by management. Any increase in resources devoted to research and product development without a corresponding increase in our operational, financial and management systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by the current economic environment.

Our ability to attract and retain collaborators or customers, invest in and grow our business and meet our financial obligations depends on our operating and financial performance, which, in turn, is subject to numerous factors, including the prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our control, such as the rate of unemployment, the number of uninsured persons in the United States and inflationary pressures. We cannot anticipate all the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

We are exposed to risks associated with reduced profitability and the potential financial instability of our collaborators or customers, many of which may be adversely affected by volatile conditions in the financial markets. For example, unemployment and underemployment, and the resultant loss of insurance, may decrease the demand for healthcare services and pharmaceuticals. If fewer patients are seeking medical care because they do not have insurance coverage, our collaboration partners or customers may experience reductions in revenues, profitability and/or cash flow that could lead them to modify, delay or cancel orders for our products once

 

20


Table of Contents

commercialized. If collaboration partners or customers are not successful in generating sufficient revenue or are precluded from securing financing, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, accounts receivable that are owed to us. This, in turn, could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In addition, if economic challenges in the United States result in widespread and prolonged unemployment, either regionally or on a national basis, prior to the effectiveness of certain provisions of the PPACA, a substantial number of people may become uninsured or underinsured. To the extent economic challenges result in fewer individuals pursuing or being able to afford our products once commercialized, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

We may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our products in response to product liability lawsuits.

The testing and marketing of medical products entail an inherent risk of product liability. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our products. If we are unable to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims, the commercialization of pharmaceutical products we develop, alone or with collaborators, could be prevented or inhibited.

Our cash and cash equivalents could be adversely affected if the financial institutions in which we hold our cash and cash equivalents fail.

We regularly maintain cash balances at third party financial institutions in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance limit. While we monitor daily the cash balances in the operating accounts and adjust the balances as appropriate, these balances could be impacted, and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, if one or more of the financial institutions with which we deposit fails or is subject to other adverse conditions in the financial or credit markets. To date we have experienced no loss or lack of access to our invested cash or cash equivalents; however, we can provide no assurance that access to our invested cash and cash equivalents will not be impacted by adverse conditions in the financial and credit markets.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We depend significantly on intellectual property licensed from Pfizer and the termination of this license would significantly harm our business and future prospects.

We depend significantly on our license agreement with Pfizer. Our license agreement with Pfizer may be terminated by Pfizer if we materially breach the agreement and fail to cure our breach during an applicable cure period. Our failure to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products in certain specified major market countries would constitute a material breach of the license agreement. Pfizer may also terminate the license agreement if we become involved in bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or similar proceedings. In the event our license agreement with Pfizer is terminated, we will lose all of our rights to develop and commercialize the drug candidates covered by such license, which would significantly harm our business and future prospects.

Our proprietary rights may not adequately protect our intellectual property and potential products, and if we cannot obtain adequate protection of our intellectual property and potential products, we may not be able to successfully market our potential products.

Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining intellectual property protection for our products, formulations, processes, methods and other technologies. We will only be able to protect these technologies and products from unauthorized use by third parties to the extent that valid and enforceable intellectual property rights, including patents, cover them, or other market exclusionary rights apply.

 

21


Table of Contents

The patent positions of pharmaceutical companies, like ours, can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in such companies’ patents has emerged to date in the United States. The general environment for pharmaceutical patents outside the United States also involves significant uncertainty. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced, or that the scope of these patent rights could provide a sufficient degree of future protection that could permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage with respect to these products and technology. For example, we cannot predict:

 

   

the degree and range of protection any patents will afford us against competitors, including whether third parties will find ways to make, use, sell, offer to sell or import competitive products without infringing our patents;

 

   

if and when patents will issue;

 

   

whether or not others will obtain patents claiming inventions similar to those covered by our patents and patent applications; or

 

   

whether we will need to initiate litigation or administrative proceedings in connection with patent rights, which may be costly whether we win or lose.

The patents we have licensed may be subject to challenge and possibly invalidated or rendered unenforceable by third parties. Changes in either the patent laws or in the interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property.

In addition, others may independently develop similar or alternative products and technologies that may be outside the scope of our intellectual property. Furthermore, others may have invented technology claimed by our patents before we or our licensors did so, and they may have filed patents claiming such technology before we did so, weakening our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection for such technology. Should third parties obtain patent rights to similar products or technology, this may have an adverse effect on our business.

We may also rely on trade secrets to protect our technology, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. Trade secrets, however, are difficult to protect. While we believe that we will use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our own or our strategic partners’ employees, consultants, contractors or advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information to competitors. We seek to protect this information, in part, through the use of non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants, advisors and others. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for a breach. In addition, we cannot ensure that those agreements will provide adequate protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information or prevent their unauthorized use or disclosure.

To the extent that consultants or key employees apply technological information independently developed by them or by others to our potential products, disputes may arise as to the proprietary rights in such information, which may not be resolved in our favor. Consultants and key employees that work with our confidential and proprietary technologies are required to assign all intellectual property rights in their discoveries to us. However, these consultants or key employees may terminate their relationship with us, and we cannot preclude them indefinitely from dealing with our competitors. If our trade secrets become known to competitors with greater experience and financial resources, the competitors may copy or use our trade secrets and other proprietary information in the advancement of their products, methods or technologies. If we were to prosecute a claim that a third party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it could be expensive and time consuming and the outcome could be unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets than courts in the United States. Moreover, if our competitors independently develop equivalent knowledge, we would lack any legal or contractual claim to prevent them from using such information, and our business could be harmed.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our ability to commercialize our potential products will depend on our ability to sell such products without infringing the patent or proprietary rights of third parties. If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it will be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in that litigation would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to commercialize our potential products will depend on our ability to sell such products without infringing the patents or other proprietary rights of third parties. Third-party intellectual property rights in our field are complicated and continuously evolving. The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, and this interpretation is not always consistent.

Other companies may have or may acquire intellectual property rights that could be enforced against us. If they do so, we may be required to alter our products, formulations, processes, methods or other technologies, obtain a license, assuming one can be obtained, or cease our product-related activities. If our products or technologies infringe the intellectual property rights of others, they could bring legal action against us or our licensors or collaborators claiming damages and seeking to enjoin any activities that they believe infringe their intellectual property rights. If we are sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our products or methods of use either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may not be able to do this. Proving the invalidity of a patent is particularly difficult in the United States, since it requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. If we are found to infringe a third-party patent, we may need to cease the commercial sale of our products.

Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications unknown to us or reissue applications that may later result in issued patents upon which our products or technologies may infringe. There could also be existing patents of which we are unaware that our products or technologies may infringe. In addition, if third parties file patent applications or obtain patents claiming products or technologies also claimed by us in pending applications or issued patents, we may have to participate in interference proceedings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine priority of invention. If third parties file oppositions in foreign countries, we may also have to participate in opposition proceedings in foreign tribunals to defend the patentability of our filed foreign patent applications. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Additionally, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation may have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.

If a third party claims that we infringe its intellectual property rights, it could cause our business to suffer in a number of ways, including:

 

   

we may become involved in time-consuming and expensive litigation, even if the claim is without merit, the third party’s patent is ultimately invalid or unenforceable, or we are ultimately found to have not infringed;

 

   

we may become liable for substantial damages for past infringement if a court decides that our technologies infringe upon a third party’s patent;

 

   

we may be ordered by a court to stop making, selling or licensing our products or technologies without a license from a patent holder, and such license may not be available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all, or may require us to pay substantial royalties or grant cross-licenses to our patents; and

 

   

we may have to redesign our products so that they do not infringe upon others’ patent rights, which may not be possible or could require substantial investment and/or time.

 

23


Table of Contents

If any of these events occur, our business could suffer and the market price of our common stock may decline.

As is common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other companies in these industries, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may become subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers, although no such claims are pending. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we successfully defend any such claims, we may incur substantial costs in such defense, and our management may be distracted by these claims.

Risks Related to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly and you may have difficulty selling your shares based on current trading volumes of our stock. In addition, numerous other factors could result in substantial volatility in the trading price of our stock.

Prior to this offering, our common stock has traded on the OTC Bulletin Board and OTCQB Market in limited volumes. In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our shares on the New York Stock Exchange. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on that stock exchange or any other exchange in the future. We have several stockholders, including affiliated stockholders, who hold substantial blocks of our stock. As of June 30, 2012, we had 20,040,00 shares of common stock outstanding, and stockholders holding at least 5% of our stock, individually or with affiliated entities, collectively beneficially owned or controlled approximately 77.5% of such shares. Sales of large numbers of shares by any of our large stockholders could adversely affect our trading price, particularly given our relatively small historic trading volumes. If stockholders holding shares of our common stock sell, indicate an intention to sell, or if it is perceived that they will sell, substantial amounts of their common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Moreover, if there is no active trading market or if the volume of trading is limited, holders of our common stock may have difficulty selling their shares.

In addition, the trading price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

   

actual or anticipated quarterly variation in our results of operations or the results of our competitors;

 

   

announcements of medical innovations or new products by our competitors;

 

   

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations for our stock;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

   

market conditions in the biopharmaceutical industry;

 

   

timing and announcement of regulatory approvals;

 

   

any future sales of our common stock or other securities in connection with raising additional capital or otherwise;

 

   

any major change to the composition of our board of directors or management; and

 

   

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

 

24


Table of Contents

The stock market in general, and market prices for the securities of technology-based companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our operating results.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of their investment.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than our pro forma net tangible book value per share. Based upon an assumed public offering price of $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $12.19 per share, representing the difference between our assumed public offering price and our pro forma net tangible book value per share. The dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon exercise of any warrant, upon exercise of options to purchase common stock under our incentive award plan, or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

The price of our common stock could be subject to volatility related or unrelated to our operations.

If a market for our common stock develops, its market price could fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, including market perception of our ability to meet our growth projections and expectations, quarterly operating results of other companies in the same industry, trading volume in our common stock, changes in general conditions in the economy and the financial markets or other developments affecting our business and the business of others in our industry. In addition, the stock market itself is subject to extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market price of securities issued by many companies for reasons related and unrelated to their operating performance and could have the same effect on our common stock.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could harm our operating results.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred substantial expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of this registration statement. We will also incur costs associated with current corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or any stock exchange or inter-dealer quotations system on which our common stock may be listed in the future. The expenses incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes have increased dramatically in recent years. We expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities

 

25


Table of Contents

more time-consuming and costly. We are unable to currently estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We also expect that these new rules and regulations may make it difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and if we are able to obtain such insurance, we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage available to privately-held companies. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and may elect to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined by the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various public company reporting requirements. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, and (3) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years after the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, which such fifth anniversary will occur in 2017. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we would cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. We have taken advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this registration statement and may elect to take advantage of other reduced burdens in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choice we make to reduce disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. However, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, which could harm our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us.

We are subject to the rules and regulations of the SEC, including those rules and regulations mandated by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires public companies to include in their annual report a statement of management’s responsibilities for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, together with an assessment of the effectiveness of those internal controls. Section 404 also requires the independent auditors of certain public companies to attest to, and report on, this management assessment; however, as a smaller reporting company and an emerging growth company, we are not yet subject to this attestation requirement. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that will need to be evaluated frequently. Our failure to maintain the effectiveness of our internal controls in accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business. We could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our

 

26


Table of Contents

financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. In addition, if our efforts to comply with new or changed laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

If a trading market for our common stock develops, the trading market for our common stock will be influenced by whether industry or securities analysts publish research and reports about us, our business, our market or our competitors and, if any analysts do publish such reports, what they publish in those reports. We may not obtain analyst coverage in the future. Any analysts who do cover us may make adverse recommendations regarding our stock, adversely change their recommendations from time to time, and/or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors. If any analyst who may cover us in the future were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, or if analysts fail to cover us or publish reports about us at all, we could lose, or never gain, visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We do not foresee paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings for funding growth. We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you should not rely on an investment in our securities if you require dividend income. Capital appreciation, if any, of our shares may be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Moreover, you may not be able to re-sell your shares in us at or above the price you paid for them.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which might be beyond our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of any companies we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. For these reasons, in the event we experience a change of control, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, even if we attain profitability.

 

27


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Any statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance are not historical facts and may be forward-looking. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

the development of our drug candidates, including when we expect to undertake, initiate and complete clinical trials of our product candidates;

 

   

the regulatory approval of our drug candidates;

 

   

our use of clinical research centers and other contractors;

 

   

our ability to find collaborative partners for research, development and commercialization of potential products;

 

   

our ability to market any of our products;

 

   

our history of operating losses;

 

   

our expectations regarding our costs and expenses;

 

   

our anticipated capital requirements and estimates regarding our needs for additional financing;

 

   

our ability to compete against other companies and research institutions;

 

   

our ability to secure adequate protection for our intellectual property;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain key personnel; and

 

   

our ability to obtain adequate financing.

These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend” and similar words or phrases. Accordingly, these statements involve estimates, assumptions and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in them. Discussions containing these forward-looking statements may be found throughout this prospectus, including the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as other sections. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, including the risks discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document. The risks discussed in this prospectus should be considered in evaluating our prospects and future financial performance.

 

28


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $81.1 million (or $93.4 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting the underwriters’ discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price of $16.50 would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $4.95 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth above, remains the same. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would increase the net proceeds to us in this offering by approximately $15.5 million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $15.5 million. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we will need to seek additional capital.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for the overall development of our drug candidates, including, but not limited to, research and development and clinical trial expenditures, and for general corporate and working capital purposes. Pending the application of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of the offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.

We have not determined the amounts we plan to spend on any of the areas listed above or the timing of these expenditures. As a result, our management will have broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds to us from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds from this offering. We reserve the right to change the use of these proceeds as a result of certain contingencies such as competitive developments, the results of our commercialization efforts, acquisition and investment opportunities and other factors.

 

29


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

Since April 20, 2012, our common stock has been quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and OTCQB Market under the symbol “PBYI.” The following table shows the reported high and low closing bid quotations per share for our common stock based on information provided by the OTC Bulletin Board and OTCQB Market. Such over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without markup, markdown or commissions and, may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 

Fiscal Year 2012

   High      Low  

Second Quarter (April 20—June 30)

   $ 14.03       $ 10.00   

Third Quarter (July 1—September 30)

   $ 15.00       $ 11.00   

The last reported sale price for our common stock on October 11, 2012 was $16.50 per share. As of September 30, 2012, there were approximately 98 registered holders of record of our common stock. Since many holders hold shares in “street name,” we believe that there are a significantly larger number of beneficial owners of our common stock than the number of record holders. In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBYI.”

DIVIDEND POLICY

We never have declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. Currently, we anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after the offering and for the foreseeable future. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits, and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

 

30


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2012 on:

 

   

an actual basis; and

 

   

a pro forma basis giving additional effect to the sale of 5,270,092 shares of our common stock offered in this offering, assuming a public offering price of $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The information in this table is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price. You should read this table in conjunction with the information contained in “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as our financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2012  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 41,001,998      $ 122,117,865   

Common stock: $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 20,040,000 shares issued and outstanding (actual); $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 25,310,092 shares issued and outstanding (pro forma)

     2,004        2,513   

Additional paid-in capital

     64,857,524        154,665,144   

Accumulated deficit

     (36,820,685     (45,512,965

Total stockholders’ equity

     28,038,843        109,154,710   

Total capitalization

     44,436,429        125,552,296   

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $4.95 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would increase cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $15.5 million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would decrease cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $15.5 million. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The information in the above table excludes, as of June 30, 2012:

 

   

1,392,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2012 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.97 per share;

 

   

2,136,912 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our incentive award plan; and

 

31


Table of Contents
   

an indeterminate number of shares issuable to Alan Auerbach, our Chief Executive Officer, upon exercise of a warrant that entitles Mr. Auerbach to purchase a number of shares sufficient to maintain his ownership of 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the closing of this offering. This warrant becomes exercisable upon the completion of this offering and, assuming we sell 5,270,092 shares in this offering at a price of $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Mr. Auerbach would be entitled to purchase 1,277,523 shares at $16.50 per share.

 

32


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon closing of this offering. Net tangible book value per share of our common stock is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) and dividing the difference by the number of shares of our common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.

Our historical net tangible book value as of June 30, 2012 was approximately $28.0 million, or $1.40 per share, based on 20,040,000 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012. After giving effect to our receipt of approximately $81.1 million of estimated net proceeds (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us) from our sale of 5,270,092 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2012 would have been approximately $109.2 million, or $4.31 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.91 per share of our common stock to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $12.19 per share of our common stock to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

The following tables illustrate this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed public offering price per share

   $ 16.50   

Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2012 before giving effect to the offering of shares by us

   $ 1.40   

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     2.91   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

   $ 4.31   

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

   $ 12.19   
  

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $4.95 million, our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.20 per share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $11.99 per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would increase our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $15.5 million, our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.43 per share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $11.76 per share. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would decrease our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $15.5 million, our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.46 per share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $12.64 per share.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $4.65 per share, which amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $3.25 per share of our common stock to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $11.85 per share of our common stock to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

The discussion and table above exclude, as of June 30, 2012:

 

   

1,392,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2012 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.97 per share;

 

33


Table of Contents
   

2,136,912 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our incentive award plan; and

 

   

an indeterminate number of shares issuable to Alan Auerbach, our Chief Executive Officer, upon exercise of a warrant that entitles Mr. Auerbach to purchase a number of shares sufficient to maintain his ownership of 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the closing of this offering. This warrant becomes exercisable upon the completion of this offering and, assuming we sell 5,270,092 shares in this offering at $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Mr. Auerbach would be entitled to purchase 1,277,523 shares at $16.50 per share.

In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or convertible debt, your ownership will be further diluted.

 

34


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected financial data together with our audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year.

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the period ended on, the dates indicated. The statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the period from September 15, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for the period from September 15, 2010 (inception) to June 30, 2012 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   

Period from
September 15,
2010
(inception) to

December 31,

   

Year Ended

December 31,

    Six Months Ended     Period from
September 15,
2010 (inception)
to
 
         
    2010     2011     June 30, 2012     June 30, 2011     June 30, 2012  
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Statement of Operations Data:

         

Operating expenses:

         

General and administrative

  $ 6,931      $ 9,319,587      $ 2,936,503      $ 38,038      $ 12,263,021   

Research and development

    —          826,372        23,574,289        —          24,400,661   

Depreciation and amortization

    —          10,702        118,236        168        128,938   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

    6,931        10,156,661        26,629,028        38,206        36,792,260   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (6,931     (10,156,661     (26,629,028     (38,206     (36,792,260
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expenses):

         

Interest income

    —          3,783        48,152        —          51,935   

Other income (expense)

    —          (80,000     —          —          (80,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

    —          (76,217     48,152        —          (28,065
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (6,931   $ (10,232,878   $ (26,580,876   $ (38,206   $ (36,820,685
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stock (1)

  $ (6,931   $ (10,232,878   $ (26,580,876   $ (38,206   $ (36,820,685
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted (1)

  $ (0.002   $ (1.32   $ (1.326   $ (0.01  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

    4,000,000        7,746,529        20,040,000        4,000,000     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Please see Note 3 to our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 3010 and Note 2 to our unaudited financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2012 included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock.

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2011     June 30, 2012  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ 53,381,734      $ 41,001,998   

Total assets

     —          55,398,167        44,436,429   

Total liabilities

     —          1,025,632        16,397,586   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (6,931     (10,239,809     (36,820,685

Total stockholders’ equity

     —          54,372,535        28,038,843   

 

35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward looking statements as a result of various factors, including, without limitation, those set forth in “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and other matters included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a development-stage biopharmaceutical company based in Los Angeles, California with a focus on the acquisition, development and commercialization of innovative products to enhance cancer care. We aim to acquire proprietary rights to these products, by license or otherwise, fund their research and development and bring the products to market. Our efforts and resources to date have been focused primarily on acquiring and developing our pharmaceutical technologies, raising capital and recruiting personnel. As a development-stage company, we have had no product sales to date and we will have no product sales until we receive approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or equivalent foreign regulatory bodies to begin selling our pharmaceutical candidates. Developing pharmaceutical products, however, is a lengthy and very expensive process. Assuming we do not encounter any unforeseen safety issues during the course of developing our product candidates, we do not expect to receive approval of a product candidate until approximately 2015.

We currently license the rights to three drug candidates:

 

   

PB272 (neratinib (oral)), which we are developing for the treatment of advanced breast cancer patients and non-small cell lung cancer patients;

 

   

PB272 (neratinib (intravenous)), which we are developing for the treatment of advanced cancer patients; and

 

   

PB357, which we believe can serve as a backup compound to PB272, and which we plan to evaluate for further development in 2013.

A large portion of our expenses to date have been related to our assuming clinical development of our lead product candidate, PB272 (neratinib (oral)), and the transition of the neratinib program from the licensor. During this transition period, as we built up our infrastructure and assumed responsibility for the neratinib program, a duplication of effort took place that resulted in higher than normal operating expenses. We estimate the duplication of effort had an impact on R&D operating expense of approximately $3 million. The transition, which was the major expense for the second quarter of 2012, has largely been completed. We believe this expense will decrease over subsequent quarters.

Additionally, our expenses to date have been related to hiring staff and the build out of our corporate infrastructure. As we proceed with clinical development of PB272 (neratinib (oral)), and as we further develop PB272 (neratinib (intravenous)) and PB357, our second and third product candidates, respectively, we expect our internal research and development, or R&D, expenses and expenses related to our third party contractors will increase.

To the extent we are successful in acquiring additional product candidates for our development pipeline, our need to finance research and development will increase. Accordingly, our success depends not only on the safety and efficacy of our product candidates, but also on our ability to finance product development. Our major sources of working capital have been proceeds from private sales of our common stock.

 

36


Table of Contents

R&D expenses include costs associated with services provided by consultants who conduct clinical services on our behalf, contract organizations for manufacturing of clinical materials and clinical trials. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, our R&D expenses consisted primarily of transition costs, as clinical trial responsibilities shifted to us and our outside clinical research organization, or CRO; salaries and related personnel costs; and fees paid to other consultants. We expense our R&D costs as they are incurred.

General and administrative, or G&A, expenses consist primarily of salaries and related personnel costs including stock-based compensation expense, professional fees, business insurance, rent, general legal activities, and other corporate expenses.

Corporate History

We were originally incorporated in the State of Delaware in April 2007 under the name Innovative Acquisitions Corp. We were a “shell” company registered under the Exchange Act with no specific business plan or purpose until we acquired Former Puma in the Merger. As a result of this transaction, Former Puma become our wholly-owned subsidiary and subsequently merged with and into us, at which time we adopted Former Puma’s business plan and changed our name to “Puma Biotechnology, Inc.”

The Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition whereby Former Puma was deemed to be the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes and we were deemed to be the acquired party. Consequently, our financial statements prior to the Merger reflect the assets and liabilities and the historical operations of Former Puma from its inception on September 15, 2010 through the closing of the Merger on October 4, 2011. Our financial statements after completion of the Merger include the assets and liabilities of us and Former Puma, the historical operations of Former Puma, and the operations of us following the closing date of the Merger.

The merger of a private operating company into a non-operating public shell corporation with nominal net assets is considered to be a capital transaction, in substance, rather than a business combination, for accounting purposes. Accordingly, we treated this transaction as a capital transaction without recording goodwill or adjusting any of our other assets or liabilities.

JOBS Act

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other companies.

 

37


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

General and administrative expenses:

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, G&A expenses were approximately $2.9 million. G&A expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2011, were nominal as we had not commenced meaningful operations during that period. G&A expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2012, were as follows:

 

General and administrative expenses

      

Professional fees

   $ 1,155,917   

Payroll and related costs

     993,679   

Facility and equipment costs

     279,143   

Business taxes and licenses

     155,678   

Employee stock-based compensation

     (35,869

Other

     387,955   
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,936,503   
  

 

 

 

Major expenses incurred in professional fees were legal fees for SEC filings, intellectual property review, contract review and general legal support. We expect to continue to incur significant legal fees in the coming periods. We expect the facility expense to remain at least at comparable levels to the six months ended June 30, 2012, for the next several months; however, we have recently entered into a lease for satellite office space in San Francisco and will have additional rent expense going forward for the term of the lease. Employee stock-based compensation included in G&A expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was approximately $178,000, offset by a reduction in the valuation of the outstanding anti-dilutive warrant held by our CEO and President of approximately $214,000, compared to $0 for the six months ended June 30, 2011. All other costs such as IT support, travel, recruiting and postage were approximately $388,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Research and development expenses:

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, R&D expenses were approximately $23.6 million compared to $0 for the six months ended June 30, 2011. R&D expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2012 were as follows:

 

Research and development expenses

      

Outside clinical development services

   $ 18,442,898   

Regulatory affairs and quality assurance

     2,613,217   

Internal clinical development

     2,018,273   

Employee stock-based compensation

     283,053   

Contract manufacturing

     216,848   
  

 

 

 
   $ 23,574,289   
  

 

 

 

Ongoing outside clinical trial cost of approximately $18.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2012 included approximately $3.0 million of duplicate costs from licensor services for the ongoing clinical trials. When the transition is complete, we expect these duplicate charges to cease. We accrued approximately $5.8 million for licensor services provided during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and approximately $9.4 million for pass-through costs related to the clinical trials. We also incurred approximately $3.2 million for services rendered by a CRO that is taking over operational responsibility for our existing clinical trials. The licensor transition cost represents our estimate of such costs for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and will be adjusted accordingly as the actual costs become known. Other R&D expenses, which include payroll and employee

 

38


Table of Contents

related expenses and expenses for travel and other consultant services of approximately $2.0 million, were also incurred in the six months ended June 30, 2012. Regulatory affairs and quality assurance expenses of approximately $2.6 million consisted of approximately $1.8 million of payroll and employee-related expenses, approximately $584,000 of IT and software related expenses, and approximately $94,000 of consultant expenses, with the remaining approximately $146,000 of expenses related to travel, supplies and office facilities. Employee stock-based compensation included in R&D expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was approximately $283,000. Contract manufacturing costs were approximately $217,000, and consisted primarily of employee and employee-related expenses and expenses for travel and consulting services.

While expenditures on current and future clinical development programs, particularly our PB272 program, are expected to be substantial and to increase, they are subject to many uncertainties, including the results of clinical trials and whether we develop any of our drug candidates with a partner or independently. As a result of such uncertainties, we cannot predict with any significant degree of certainty the duration and completion costs of our research and development projects or whether, when and to what extent we will generate revenues from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates. The duration and cost of clinical trials may vary significantly over the life of a project as a result of unanticipated events arising during clinical development and a variety of other factors, including:

 

   

the number of trials and studies in a clinical program;

 

   

the number of patients who participate in the trials;

 

   

the number of sites included in the trials;

 

   

the rates of patient recruitment and enrollment;

 

   

the duration of patient treatment and follow-up;

 

   

the costs of manufacturing our drug candidates; and

 

   

the costs, requirements, timing of, and ability to secure regulatory approvals.

Interest income:

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, we recognized approximately $48,000 in interest income compared to $0 in interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2011. Based on market conditions, we placed our excess funds in money market accounts and “high yield” savings accounts.

Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

General and administrative expenses:

For the year ended December 31, 2011, general and administrative, or G&A, expenses were approximately $9,319,600 compared to $6,900 for 2010. G&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011, were as follows:

 

General and administrative expenses

      

Professional fees

   $ 967,900   

Payroll and related costs

     480,800   

Facility and equipment costs

     58,700   

Business taxes and licenses

     6,400   

Employee stock-based compensation

     7,615,100   

Other

     190,700   
  

 

 

 
   $ 9,319,600   
  

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

During 2011, we incurred professional fees of approximately $967,900 in conjunction with the licensing of three drug compounds, executing the reverse merger, and filing various forms with the SEC in 2011. These professional fees consisted of $851,936 of legal fees, $47,324 of audit and accounting fees, $35,250 of investor relations expenses, $33,390 of consulting expenses, the majority of which was to implement a financial reporting system. Additional G&A expenses associated with employee stock-based compensation was approximately $7,615,100, which included $7,585,600 related to the issuance of an anti-dilutive warrant issued to our CEO (see note 7 of the accompanying financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011) and $29,500 of stock-based compensation issued to employees. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we began hiring staff and recorded approximately $480,800 of payroll and payroll- related expenses. Rent expense and related facility cost for 2011 was approximately $58,700. We anticipate our rent expense for 2012 to be approximately $550,000. Approximately $6,400 of business taxes and license expenses related to commencing business operations were incurred in 2011. The remaining expenses of approximately $190,700 were associated with the commencement of operations and include such items as business insurance, office supplies, telecommunication cost and banking fees. We expect our G&A expenses, excluding stock-based compensation, to increase significantly for fiscal year 2012 as our cost for 2011 reflects only four months of activity.

Research and development expenses:

For the year ended December 31, 2011, research and development, or R&D, expenses were approximately $826,400 compared to $0 for the prior year. R&D expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

Research and development expenses

      

Regulatory affairs and quality assurance

   $ 640,600   

Internal clinical development

     81,100   

Employee stock-based compensation

     37,500   

Contract manufacturing

     67,200   
  

 

 

 
   $ 826,400   
  

 

 

 

Approximately $640,600 of the total expenses incurred were related to regulatory affairs and quality assurance, as we hired support staff and built the infrastructure to transition responsibility for the ongoing clinical trials to our control. Additionally, we incurred approximately $81,100 of internal clinical development costs and $67,200 of contract manufacturing costs primarily related to hiring employees to manage the clinical trial functions. During 2011, approximately $37,500 of stock-based compensation was included in R&D expenses. During 2012, we expect to spend approximately $30 million to $35 million in R&D expenses as we begin to actively manage the existing clinical trials and potentially commence additional clinical trials.

Interest income : For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized approximately $3,783 in interest income compared to $0 of interest income for the period from September 15, 2010 (Former Puma’s date of inception) to December 31, 2010. Based on market conditions, we placed our excess funds in money market accounts and/or “high yield” savings accounts.

Other expense : For the year ended December 31, 2011, we incurred other expense of $80,000 compared to $0 for the period from September 15, 2010 (Former Puma’s date of inception) to December 31, 2010 . In connection with the Merger, we paid our former stockholders $40,000 in exchange for 3,000,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Redemption Agreement and we paid their counsel $40,000 for legal fees incurred in connection with the Merger.

 

40


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Operating Activities

We reported a net loss of approximately $26.6 million and negative cash flows from operating activities of approximately $11.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and a net loss of approximately $10.2 million and negative cash flow from operating activities of approximately $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our net loss from Former Puma’s date of inception, September 15, 2010, to June 30, 2012, amounted to approximately $36.8 million, while negative cash flows from operating activities amounted to approximately $13.4 million for the same period.

Net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012, includes a net loss of $26.6 million, reduced by approximately $15.0 million of adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities. Adjustments include non-cash items related to expense of approximately $462,000 from the issuance of stock options, adjustments to the warrant valuation of $215,000, depreciation and amortization of approximately $118,000 and an allowance of approximately $236,000 received from the landlord for our corporate headquarters. Other items included in the adjustment of net loss were an increase of approximately $15 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses, an increase of $180,000 in the accrual of deferred rent, and an increase of $715,000 in prepaid expenses and other assets. The increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses reflects charges from transition activities billed to us as we assume clinical trial responsibilities from the licensor of our lead product candidate, of which approximately $3.0 million represents duplication of effort as the licensor transferred clinical trial knowledge and responsibility to us.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes a net loss of $10.2 million adjusted for non-cash items of approximately $7.6 million for the issuance of an anti-dilutive warrant, approximately $0.4 million resulting from an allowance received from the landlord, an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of approximately $0.6 million, stock option expense of $0.1 million, and an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of approximately $0.3 million. The increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses is a direct result of our commencing operations in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $821,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Payments of approximately $428,000 for the purchase of computer equipment and systems and approximately $237,000 related to leasehold improvements were included in net cash used in investing activities. Additionally, to secure the office lease located in the San Francisco area, a standby letter of credit was required. As collateral to that standby letter of credit, approximately $157,000 was moved to the restricted cash account held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The major portion, $1.1 million, represents a high yield savings account that was opened to secure a stand-by letter of credit issued to our landlord as collateral for the lease of our Los Angeles, California office. We invested approximately $0.2 million in computer equipment and systems and approximately $0.4 million in leasehold improvements.

Financing Activities

We did not engage in any financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we engaged in two common stock offerings and our founder and Chief Executive Officer converted a note to equity.

 

41


Table of Contents

October 2011 Common Stock Offering. Immediately prior to the Merger, pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, Former Puma sold 14,666,733 shares of its common stock to certain institutional and accredited investors at a price per share of $3.75, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $55 million. Former Puma also issued a warrant to each investor that provided such investor with anti-dilution protection in regard to certain issuances of securities. These warrants expired unexercised, in accordance with their terms, following the quotation of our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board.

We reimbursed the lead investor in this private placement $125,000 for all reasonable fees and expenses, including legal fees, associated with the private placement. In addition, in connection with Leerink Swann LLC, or Leerink, acting as Former Puma’s placement agent in this private placement, we paid Leerink $2,338,215 as compensation for its services and $75,000 for reimbursable expenses.

November 2011 Common Stock Offering. On November 18, 2011, we entered into subscription agreements with 139 accredited investors, pursuant to which we sold in a private placement an aggregate of 1,333,267 shares of common stock at a price per share of $3.75 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $5.0 million. Leerink Swann LLC acted as lead placement agent and National Securities Corporation acted as co-placement agent in connection with this private placement and received compensation of approximately $84,000 and $150,000, respectively. In addition to the costs noted above, we incurred legal fees and other costs totaling approximately $487,000 associated with the equity raises.

Current and Future Financing Needs

We have incurred negative cash flows from operations since we started our business, and we expect to continue incurring significant losses for the foreseeable future. We have spent, and expect to continue to spend, substantial amounts in connection with implementing our business strategy, including our planned product development efforts, our clinical trials, and our research and development efforts. Following this offering, we anticipate that our cash on hand, including our cash equivalents, will be sufficient to enable us to meet our anticipated expenditures for at least the next 24 months. Given the current and desired pace of clinical development of our three product candidates, over the next 12 months we estimate that our research and development spending will be approximately $35 million to $40 million. We will need approximately $6 million to $7 million for general and administrative expenses over the next 12 months. The actual amount of funds we will need to operate is subject to many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our continued operations will depend on whether we are able to raise additional funds through a strategic alliance with a third party concerning one or more of our product candidates, public or private sales of equity or debt and other sources of funds. Through June 30, 2012, a significant portion of our financing was through private placements of our equity securities. After the completion of this offering, we may seek to access the public or private equity markets when conditions are favorable due to our long-term capital requirements. We do not have any committed sources of financing at this time, and in light of current economic conditions, including the lack of access to the capital markets being experienced by small companies, particularly in our industry, there can be no assurance that such capital will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. In addition, we can give no assurances that any additional capital raised will be sufficient to meet our needs. If we raise funds by selling additional shares of common stock or other securities convertible into common stock, the ownership interests of our existing stockholders will be diluted. If we are not able to obtain financing when needed, we may be unable to carry out our business plan. As a result, we may have to significantly limit our operations, delay or discontinue the development of one or more of our product candidates or forego attractive business opportunities, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially harmed. In such an event, we will be required to undertake a thorough review of our programs, and the opportunities presented by such programs, and allocate our resources in the manner most prudent.

 

42


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to disclose information under this section.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any “off-balance sheet agreements,” as defined by SEC regulations.

Critical Accounting Policies

Research and Development

Research and development expenses are charged to operations as incurred. Research and development expenses consist of salaries, benefits and other personnel related costs, clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing costs, contract and outside service fees, cost of contract research organizations that manage our clinical trials, and cost of contract organizations for pre-clinical development. We account for our clinical trial costs by estimating the total cost to treat a patient in each clinical trial and recognize that cost based on a variety of factors, beginning with preparation for the clinical trial and patient accrual into the clinical trial. The estimated cost includes payments for clinical trial sites and patient-related costs, including laboratory costs related to the conduct of the trial and other costs. We accrue for costs incurred as services are provided for monitoring of the trial and as invoices are received from external service providers. We adjust our accruals in the period when actual costs become known. Cost related to the acquisition of technology rights and patents for which development work is still in process are charged to operations as incurred and considered a component of research and development costs.

Investment Securities

Investment securities consist of high-grade marketable debt securities of financial institutions and other corporations. We classify all investment securities (short-term and long-term) as available-for-sale, as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity to implement management’s strategies. These securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, if material, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities, if any, are determined on a specific identification basis. A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale security below cost that is determined to be other than temporary results in a revaluation of its carrying amount to fair value. The impairment is charged to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established. No such impairment charges were recorded for any period presented. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the straight-line method. Interest income is recognized when earned.

Several methods are used to determine the fair value of our investment securities. For securities that generally have market prices from multiple sources, a weighted average price for each security is determined. Market prices are received from a variety of industry standard data providers, security master files from large financial institutions, and other third-party sources. The prices are input into a distribution curve-based algorithm to determine the daily market value. Securities with a structure that implies a standard expected market price are priced at the expected market price. For example, an open-ended money market fund expected to maintain a Net Asset Value of $1 per share would be priced at the expected market price. Securities with short maturities and infrequent secondary market trades are priced using mathematical calculations. In the case of a certain issue of commercial paper, in the absence of any observable transactions, we may accrete from purchase price at purchase date to face value at maturity. In the event that a transaction is observed on the same security in the marketplace, the price on that subsequent transaction would reflect the market price on that day and we would adjust the price to the observed transaction price.

 

43


Table of Contents

Warrants Issued with Private Placement:

In connection with the October 2011 Securities Purchase Agreement, we issued anti-dilutive warrants to 27 investors (see Note 6 of the accompanying financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011), which subsequently expired unexercised, in accordance with their terms, following our quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board. The fair value of warrants were estimated at the date of issuance using the Monte Carlo Simulation method. As we had no trading history at that time, we calculated the expected volatility based on the historical volatilities of nine companies with similar attributes to us including industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve covering the term of the warrants.

The fair value of the warrants issued was determined using the Monte Carlo Simulation method with the following assumptions:

 

     2011  

Dividend yield

     0

Expected volatility

     84.4

Risk-free interest rate

     1.81

Common stock price on date of issuance

   $ 3.75   

Exercise price

   $ 0.01   

Warrant term in years

     10  

Using the above assumptions, the portion of the private placement proceeds attributed to the fair value of the warrants was determined to be $1,758,338 and is recorded as additional paid-in capital.

Stock-based Compensation

As required, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, or ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation . ASC 718 requires the fair value of all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, to be recognized in the statement of operations over the requisite service period. Adoption of the fair value method required by ASC 718 will have a material impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our cash flows or our overall financial position. Because of the variability in the assumptions used in the valuation of stock options granted and the variability in the quantity and other terms of stock-based awards we may issue in the future, our ability to predict future stock-based compensation expense is limited. Under ASC 718, employee option grants are generally valued at the grant date and those valuations do not change once they have been established. We recognize the valuation of each stock option grant over the service period of the grant, which normally commences with the grant date but can precede the grant date. Our 2011 financial statements reflect stock option grants issued to our employees where the service period commenced prior to their grant date in 2012. The amounts recognized in the financial statements related to employee stock-based compensation were approximately $67,000 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $462,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and the amounts were included in general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. As allowed by ASC 718 for companies with a short period of publicly traded stock history, management’s estimate of expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of a sampling of five companies with similar attributes to our Company, including industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. As we have only awarded “plain vanilla options,” as determined by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, we used the “simplified method” for determining the expected life of the options granted. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the estimated life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant valuation. ASC 718 does not allow companies to account for option forfeitures as they occur. Instead,

 

44


Table of Contents

estimated option forfeitures must be calculated upfront to reduce the option expense to be recognized over the life of the award and updated upon further information as to the amount of options expected to be forfeited.

The fair value of options granted to employees was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions used during the year ended December 31, 2011 and the period ending June 30, 2012:

 

     2011     Six Months Ended
June, 30 2012
 

Dividend yield

     0.0     0.0

Expected volatility

     86.0     85.5

Risk-free interest rate

     1.1     1.1

Expected life in years

     5.81        5.82   

The anti-dilutive warrant issued to our CEO and President, Alan H. Auerbach, was valued at approximately $6,900,000 at the time of issuance and recorded in the statement of operations. The warrant was revalued at approximately $7,600,000 on December 31, 2011, in accordance with ASC 718, and was included in stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $0 expense in 2010 (see note 7 of the accompanying financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011). The fair market value of the warrant as of June 30, 2012 was approximately $7,371,000, resulting in an adjustment to the fair value of ($214,591), which is included in general and administrative expense for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

The fair value of the anti-dilutive warrant as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, was measured using the Monte Carlo Simulation method and recorded as stock-based compensation in our statements of operations. Management’s estimate of volatility was based on average volatilities of a sampling of nine companies with similar attributes to us including industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The risk-free interest rate is based on a 10-year U.S. Treasury yield. The fair value was estimated based on projected equity raises ranging from $15 million to $100 million in 2013 using weighted probability factors and the following assumptions:

 

     2011      Six Months Ended
June, 30 2012
 

Dividend yield

     0%         0.0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.81%-1.89%         1.67

Warrant term in years

     10            10   

Expected volatility

     84.4%-85.1%         76.4

Common stock price

   $ 3.75       $ 11.25   

We will revalue the warrant each reporting period until such time as the grant date of the warrant is determined. The grant date of the warrant will be the date of the completion of this offering. Assuming we sell 5,270,092 shares in this offering at a public offering price of $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we expect the final fair value of the warrant to be approximately $16.1 million. After December 31, 2012, we will no longer incur stock-compensation expense related to the warrant.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

We have adopted all recently issued accounting pronouncements. The adoption of the accounting pronouncements is not anticipated to have a material effect on our operations.

In May 2011, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04, or ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure

 

45


Table of Contents

Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which clarifies some existing concepts and expands the disclosures for fair value measurements that are estimated using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs. ASU 2011-04 was effective for us beginning January 1, 2012, and the adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material effect on our financial condition, profitability, and cash flows.

In June 2011, FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements, and eliminates that option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. In December 2011, FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which deferred guidance on whether to require entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in both the statement where net income is presented and the statement where other comprehensive income is presented for both interim and annual financial statements. ASU 2011-12 reinstated the requirements for the presentation of reclassifications that were in place prior to the issuance of ASU 2011-05 and did not change the effective date for ASU 2011-05. ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 were effective for us beginning January 1, 2012, and the adoption of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 did not have a material effect on our financial condition.

 

46


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a development-stage biopharmaceutical company that acquires and develops innovative products for the treatment of various forms of cancer. We focus on in-licensing drug candidates that are undergoing or have already completed initial clinical testing for the treatment of cancer and then seek to further develop those drug candidates for commercial use.

We currently license the rights to three drug candidates:

 

   

PB272 (neratinib (oral)), which we are developing for the treatment of advanced breast cancer patients and non-small cell lung cancer patients;

 

   

PB272 (neratinib (intravenous)), which we are developing for the treatment of advanced cancer patients; and

 

   

PB357, which we believe can serve as a backup compound to PB272, and which we are evaluating for further development in 2013.

We are initially focused on developing neratinib for the treatment of patients with human epidermal growth factor receptor type 2, or HER2, positive metastatic breast cancer. Studies show that approximately 20% to 25% of breast cancer tumors have an over-expression of the HER2 protein. Women with breast cancer that over-expresses HER2, referred to as HER2 positive breast cancer, are at greater risk for disease progression and death than women whose tumors do not over-express HER2. Therapeutic strategies, such as the use of Herceptin (trastuzumab) and Perjeta (pertuzumab), both produced by Genentech, and Tykerb (lapatinib), produced by GlaxoSmithKline, given in combination with chemotherapy have been developed to improve the treatment of this cancer by blocking HER2. Based on pre-clinical and clinical studies to date, we believe that neratinib may offer an advantage over existing treatments by more potently inhibiting HER2 at a site distinct from those targeted by pertuzumab, trastuzumab, and lapatinib and by acting via a mechanism different from those of other HER2 active drugs.

Currently, the FDA approved first-line therapy for treatment of HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer is the combination of Perjeta plus Herceptin and taxane chemotherapy. The current FDA-approved second-line therapy is Tykerb, given in combination with the chemotherapy drug capecitabine. As a single agent in patients who have failed first line treatment, Tykerb has demonstrated an objective response rate of approximately 5% to 7% and a progression free survival of between eight and nine weeks. In a Phase III clinical trial, patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer who received the combination of Tykerb plus capecitabine demonstrated a median progression free survival, or PFS, of 27.1 weeks and a response rate of 23.7%. Another treatment regimen that is used in patients who have failed first line treatment is the combination of the chemotherapy drug vinorelbine given in combination with Herceptin, which has been shown to have an objective response rate of approximately 25% and a progression free survival of 22 weeks.

Data from a recently completed Phase II clinical trial of neratinib administered as a single agent to patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer demonstrated an objective response rate of 24% and median PFS of 22.3 weeks for patients who had previously been treated with trastuzumab, and an objective response rate of 56% and median PFS of 39.6 weeks for patients who had not previously been treated with trastuzumab. Additionally, data from over 3,000 patients treated with neratinib, either as a single agent or in combination with other anti-cancer drugs, also suggests a manageable safety profile. Diarrhea has been the most common side effect, but appears to be manageable with antidiarrheal agents and dose modification.

 

47


Table of Contents

We license the exclusive worldwide rights to our current drug candidates from Pfizer Inc., or Pfizer, which had previously been responsible for the clinical trials regarding neratinib. We have modified Pfizer’s clinical development strategy and during the next 12 to 18 months plan to:

 

   

commence Phase III clinical trials to evaluate the use of neratinib in combination with chemotherapy and other anti-cancer drugs as a second or third-line treatment for HER2 positive breast cancer;

 

   

initiate Phase II clinical trials to evaluate the use of neratinib for the treatment of HER2 mutated non-small cell lung cancer and in patients with a newly identified breast cancer mutation in HER2 negative breast cancer;

 

   

continue the ongoing Phase II clinical trial of neratinib in the neoadjuvant treatment of HER2 positive breast cancer and the ongoing Phase II trial of neratinib in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer that has metastasized to the brain; and

 

   

continue to evaluate the application of neratinib in the treatment of other forms of HER resistant cancers where there may be unmet medical needs.

Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Alan Auerbach, has extensive experience in identifying and developing drug candidates for use in the treatment of cancer. He was the founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Cougar Biotechnology, Inc., or Cougar, where he was responsible for in-licensing and developing abiraterone acetate for the treatment of advanced prostate cancer. Mr. Auerbach progressed abiraterone acetate into two Phase III clinical trials before Cougar was purchased by Johnson & Johnson in 2009.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to become a leading oncology-focused biopharmaceutical company. The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

 

   

Advance PB272 (neratinib (oral)), our lead drug candidate, toward regulatory approval and commercialization. We are primarily focused on developing neratinib for the treatment of patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. We plan to modify the previous clinical development strategy that Pfizer employed by focusing our planned Phase II and Phase III clinical trials on the use of neratinib as a second- or third-line treatment option, which we believe may be underserved by current treatment alternatives and where clinical trials have shown substantial levels of activity. We are also focusing on the development of neratinib in the neoadjuvant treatment of patients with HER2 positive breast cancer and in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer that has metastasized to the brain.

 

   

Expand our product pipeline by pursuing additional applications of neratinib . We believe there are additional applications for neratinib in the treatment of HER2 mutated non-small cell lung cancer, which we also believe may be underserved by current treatment alternatives, in the treatment of patients with a newly identified breast cancer mutation in HER2 negative breast cancer and in the treatment of tumor types where HER2 is overexpressed, and we intend to further evaluate the safety and efficacy of neratinib for treating these cancers.

 

   

Focus on developing innovative cancer therapies . We focus on oncology drug candidates in order to capture efficiencies and economies of scale. We believe that drug development for cancer markets is particularly attractive because relatively small clinical trials can provide meaningful information regarding patient response and safety. Furthermore, we believe that our capabilities are well suited to the oncology market and represent distinct competitive advantages.

 

48


Table of Contents
   

Build a sustainable pipeline by employing multiple therapeutic approaches and disciplined decision criteria based on clearly defined proof of principal goals . We seek to build a sustainable product pipeline by employing multiple therapeutic approaches and by acquiring drug candidates belonging to known drug classes. In addition, we employ disciplined decision criteria to assess drug candidates, favoring drug candidates that have undergone at least some clinical study. Our decision to license a drug candidate will also depend on the scientific merits of the technology; the costs of the transaction and other economic terms of the proposed license; the amount of capital required to develop the technology; and the economic potential of the drug candidate, should it be commercialized. We believe this strategy minimizes our clinical development risk and allows us to accelerate the development and potential commercialization of current and future drug candidates. We intend to pursue regulatory approval for a majority of our drug candidates in multiple indications.

 

   

Evaluate the commercialization strategies on a product-by-product basis in order to maximize the value of each. As we move our drug candidates through development toward regulatory approval, we will evaluate several options for each drug candidate’s commercialization strategy. These options include building our own internal sales force; entering into a joint marketing partnership with another pharmaceutical company or biotechnology company, whereby we jointly sell and market the product; and out-licensing our product, whereby another pharmaceutical company or biotechnology company sells and markets our product and pays us a royalty on sales. Our decision will be made separately for each product and will be based on a number of factors including capital necessary to execute on each option, size of the market that needs to be addressed and terms of potential offers from other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. It is too early for us to know which of these options we will pursue for our drug candidates, assuming their successful development.

Product Development Pipeline

Breast Cancer Overview

Breast cancer is the leading cause of cancer death among women worldwide, with approximately 1 million new cases reported each year and more than 400,000 deaths per year. Approximately 20% to 25% of breast cancer tumors show over-expression of the HER2 protein. Women with breast cancer that overexpresses HER2 are at greater risk for disease progression and death than women whose tumors do not over-express HER2. Therapeutic strategies have been developed to block HER2 in order to improve the treatment of this cancer.

Trastuzumab and pertuzumab are monoclonal antibodies that bind to the HER2 protein and thereby cause the cells to cease reproducing. Trastuzumab and pertuzumab given in combination with chemotherapy is the current first line standard of care for HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. Lapatinib is a small molecule that also binds to the HER2 protein and causes the cell to cease reproducing. The current FDA-approved second-line therapy is lapatinib given in combination with the chemotherapy drug capecitabine. Unfortunately, most patients with HER2 positive breast cancer eventually develop resistance to these treatments, resulting in disease progression. For these reasons, there is a need for alternatives to block HER2 signaling in patients who fail pertuzumab, trastuzumab and lapatinib. PB272 is an orally active small molecule that inhibits HER2 at a different site and uses a different mechanism than trastuzumab. As a result, we believe that PB272 may have utility in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer who have failed treatment with trastuzumab.

 

49


Table of Contents

The following chart shows each of our current drug candidates and their clinical development stage:

 

LOGO

PB272 (neratinib (oral))—Breast Cancer

Neratinib is a potent irreversible tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or TKI, that blocks signal transduction through the epidermal growth factor receptors, or EGFRs, HER1, HER2 and HER4. We believe neratinib has clinical application in the treatment of several cancers, including breast cancer and non-small cell lung cancer and other tumor types that overexpress HER2. Our initial focus is on the development of neratinib as an oral treatment of patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer.

Advantages of Neratinib

Based on pre-clinical and clinical studies to date, we believe that neratinib may offer an advantage over existing treatments that are used in the treatment of patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer who have failed first-line therapy, including treatment with trastuzumab. Currently, the treatment of metastatic breast cancer patients who have failed first-line therapy with pertuzumab and trastuzumab involves continuing treatment with chemotherapy given in combination with either trastuzumab or lapatinib. We believe that by more potently inhibiting HER2 at a different site and acting via a mechanism different from those of pertuzumab, trastuzumab or lapatinib, neratinib may have potential advantages over these existing treatments, most notably due to its increased selectivity and stronger inhibition of the HER2 target enzyme.

Clinical Trials of Neratinib in Patients with Metastatic Breast Cancer

Trials of Neratinib as a Single Agent. In 2009, Pfizer presented data at the CTRC-AACR San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium from a Phase II trial of neratinib administered as a single agent to patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. Final results from this trial were published in the Journal of Clinical Oncology in March 2010.

The trial involved a total of 136 patients, 66 of whom had received prior treatment with trastuzumab and 70 of whom had not received prior treatment with trastuzumab. The results of the study showed that neratinib was reasonably well tolerated among both the pretreated patients and the patients who had not received prior treatment with trastuzumab. Diarrhea was the most common side effect, but was manageable with antidiarrheal

 

50


Table of Contents

agents and dose modification. Efficacy results from the trial showed that the objective response rate was 24% for patients who had received prior trastuzumab treatment and 56% for patients with no prior trastuzumab treatment. Furthermore, the median PFS was 22.3 weeks for the patients who had received prior trastuzumab and 39.6 weeks for the patients who had not received prior trastuzumab.

Trials of Neratinib in Combination with Other Anti-Cancer Drugs. At the 2010 San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium, Pfizer presented data from Phase II trials of neratinib when given in combination with other anti-cancer drugs that are currently used for the treatment of HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. One Phase II trial evaluated the safety and efficacy of neratinib given in combination with the anti-cancer drug paclitaxel in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. The results presented showed that for the 66 patients in the trial who had previously been treated with at least one prior line of therapy, the combination of neratinib with paclitaxel was shown to have a favorable safety profile that was similar to that of each drug when given alone. The efficacy results from the trial demonstrated an objective response rate of 74% and PFS of 63.1 weeks.

Pfizer also presented data from a second Phase II trial at the 2010 San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium, which evaluated the safety and efficacy of neratinib when given in combination with the anti-cancer drug vinorelbine in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. In the 56 patients who had not been previously treated with the anti-HER2 therapy lapatinib, treatment with the combination of vinorelbine plus neratinib resulted in an overall response rate of 57% and PFS was 44.1 weeks. For those patients who had received prior treatment with lapatinib, the overall response rate was 50%. The combination of vinorelbine and neratinib was generally well tolerated.

Data from a third Phase II study, in which patients with confirmed ErbB2 positive (HER2 positive) metastatic breast cancer who had failed treatment with trastuzumab and taxane chemotherapy were given PB272 in combination with capecitabine, was presented at the 2011 San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium. The results of the study showed that the combination of PB272 and capecitabine had acceptable tolerability. The efficacy results from the trial showed that for the 61 patients in the trial who had not been previously treated with the HER2 targeted anticancer drug lapatinib, there was an overall response rate of 64% and a clinical benefit rate of 72%. In addition, for the seven patients in the trial who had previously been treated with lapatinib, there was an overall response rate of 57% and a clinical benefit rate of 71%. The median PFS for patients who had not received prior treatment with lapatinib was 40.3 weeks and the median PFS for the patients who had received prior lapatinib treatment was 35.9 weeks.

Puma anticipates initiating a Phase III trial of neratinib plus capecitabine in HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer patients who have failed first-line therapy in late 2012 or early 2013. We anticipate that this trial will be a randomized trial of neratinib plus capecitabine versus lapatinib plus capecitabine.

In 2010, Pfizer also initiated a Phase I/II trial of neratinib in combination with the anti-cancer drug temsirolimus, or Torisel, in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer who have failed multiple prior treatments. The study enrolled patients with either HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer and disease progression on trastuzumab or with triple negative breast cancer. The preliminary Phase II results of this trial were presented at the 2011 San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium. The results of the study showed that the combination of PB272 and temsirolimus had acceptable tolerability. The efficacy results from the trial showed that for the 15 patients with HER2 positive disease, nine patients, or 60%, experienced a partial response and one patient, or 7%, experienced stable disease for greater than six months, which translates to a clinical benefit rate of 67%. Patients who experienced a partial response to the combination of neratinib plus temsirolimus demonstrated a maximum change in the size of their target lesions of between 33% and 83%. None of the five patients with triple-negative breast cancer demonstrated a partial response or stable disease for greater than six months. We anticipate that data from this trial will be presented in the fourth quarter of 2012 and, in the first quarter of 2013, we expect to commence a Phase III trial of neratinib in combination with temsirolimus in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer who have failed multiple prior treatments.

 

51


Table of Contents

Approximately one-third of the patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer develop metastases that spread to their brain. The current antibody based treatments, including Herceptin and Perjeta, do not enter the brain and therefore are not believed to be effective in treating these patients. In a Phase II trial with Tykerb given as a single agent, Tykerb demonstrated a 6% objective response rate in the patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer whose disease spread to their brains. In January 2012, a Phase II trial of neratinib as a single agent in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer that has spread to their brains was initiated in conjunction with the Dana Farber Translational Breast Cancer Research Consortium. We anticipate that results from this trial will be presented in 2013.

At the 2010 San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium, the results of the Neoadjuvant Lapatinib and/or Trastuzumab Treatment Optimisation) Study, or the Neo-ALTTO study, were presented. In this trial, patients with HER2 positive breast cancer were randomized to receive either the combination of paclitaxel plus trastuzumab, the combination of paclitaxel plus lapatinib or the combination of paclitaxel plus trastuzumab plus lapatinib, and neoadjuvant (preoperative) therapy. The results of the trial demonstrated that the patients who received the combination of paclitaxel plus trastuzumab demonstrated a pathological complete response rate of 29.5%, the patients who received paclitaxel plus lapatinib had a pathological complete response rate of 24.7% and the patients who received the combination of paclitaxel plus trastuzumab plus lapatinib had a pathological complete response rate of 51.3%.

In 2010, Pfizer, in collaboration with the National Surgical Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project, or NSABP, a clinical trials cooperative group supported by the National Cancer Institute, or NCI, initiated a study to investigate the use of neratinib as a neoadjuvant (preoperative) therapy for newly diagnosed HER2 positive breast cancer. In this trial, a total of 129 patients are randomized to receive either neratinib plus the chemotherapy drug paclitaxel or trastuzumab plus paclitaxel prior to having surgery to remove their tumors. The purpose of this study is to test whether adding neratinib to paclitaxel chemotherapy is better than trastuzumab plus paclitaxel chemotherapy before having surgery. This trial has been modified to include a third treatment arm where patients will receive the combination of neratinib plus trastuzumab plus paclitaxel prior to having surgery to remove their tumors. We anticipate that enrollment in all three arms of this trial will continue through the end of 2012 and that results from this trial will be presented in 2013.

Also in 2010, the Foundation for the National Institutes of Health initiated the I-SPY 2 TRIAL (Investigation of Serial Studies to Predict Your Therapeutic Response with Imaging and Molecular Analysis 2). Patients with newly diagnosed HER2 positive breast cancer are randomized to receive either neratinib plus the chemotherapy drug paclitaxel or trastuzumab plus paclitaxel prior to having surgery to remove their tumors (neoadjuvant therapy). The purpose of this study is to test whether adding neratinib to paclitaxel chemotherapy is better than trastuzumab plus paclitaxel chemotherapy before having surgery. We anticipate that this trial will be modified in 2012 to include a third treatment arm where patients will receive the combination of neratinib plus trastuzumab plus paclitaxel prior to having surgery to remove their tumors. We anticipate that enrollment in all three arms of this trial will continue through the end of 2012.

Discontinued Studies. Pfizer had previously been sponsoring two additional clinical trials of neratinib. The first trial, referred to as the NEfERTT™ trial, was a Phase II randomized trial of neratinib in combination with the anti-cancer drug paclitaxel versus trastuzumab in combination with paclitaxel for the treatment of patients who have not received previous treatment for HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. The second trial, referred to as the ExteNET™ trial, was a Phase III study investigating the effects of neratinib after adjuvant trastuzumab in patients with early stage breast cancer. On October 5, 2011, we announced that enrollment in the ExteNET trial was terminated and that both the NEfERTT and the ExteNET trials were going to be wound down. We anticipate that completion of these wind-down activities will continue in 2012. We are responsible for any activities associated with winding down these trials during 2012 and beyond.

 

52


Table of Contents

PB272 (neratinib (oral))—Other Potential Applications

Approximately 2% to 4% of patients with non-small cell lung cancer have a HER2 mutation in the kinase domain. This mutation is believed to narrow the ATP binding cleft which results in increased tyrosine kinase activity. The mutation is also believed to result in increased PI3K activity and mTOR activation. Published data suggests that patients with HER2 mutated non-small cell lung cancer do not respond to platinum chemotherapy and do not respond to EGFR inhibitors. Pfizer previously conducted a Phase I trial of neratinib given in combination with the anticancer drug temsirolimus in patients with solid tumors. In this trial, seven patients with HER2 mutated non-small cell lung cancer were enrolled in the trial. These patients had received a median of three prior treatments for their disease. The results from the trial were presented at the 2011 American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) Annual Meeting and at the 2012 International Association for the Study of Lung Cancer meeting and demonstrated that for the six evaluable patients, two (33%) patients demonstrated a partial radiological response and three patients had stable disease evidenced by tumor shrinkage of between approximately 5% and 28%. We anticipate initiating a Phase II randomized trial of neratinib plus temsirolimus in patients with HER2 mutated non-small cell lung cancer in the fourth quarter of 2012.

In September 2012, a new mutation in patients with HER2 negative breast cancer was identified as part of a study performed by the Cancer Genome Atlas Network and published in Nature. We believe this mutation may occur in an estimated 2% of patients with HER2 negative breast cancer. We are aware of results from third party preclinical studies that we believe suggest that neratinib is active in HER2 negative breast cancer cells that have this mutation and that neratinib has more anticancer activity than either trastuzumab or lapatinib in cells with this mutation. We anticipate that this preclinical data will be presented in the fourth quarter of 2012. In the fourth quarter of 2012 or the first quarter of 2013, we anticipate initiating a Phase II trial of neratinib in HER2 negative breast cancer patients who have this newly identified mutation.

PB272 (neratinib (intravenous))

We also plan to develop neratinib as an intravenously administered agent. In pre-clinical studies the intravenous version of neratinib resulted in higher exposure levels of neratinib in pre-clinical models. We believe that this may result in higher blood levels of neratinib in patients, and this may translate into enhanced efficacy. We plan to file the IND for the intravenous formulation of neratinib in 2013.

PB357

PB357 is an orally administered agent that is an irreversible TKI that blocks signal transduction through the epidermal growth factor receptors, HER1, HER2, and HER4. PB357 is structurally similar to PB272. Pfizer completed single dose Phase I trials of PB357. We are evaluating PB357 and considering options relative to its development in 2013.

Plan of Development

We plan to conduct additional clinical trials of neratinib in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer over the next 12 to 18 months. In one trial we plan to further investigate the efficacy of neratinib when given in combination with chemotherapy in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer who have previously been treated with at least one prior line of treatment. In another, we plan to investigate the efficacy of neratinib in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer with brain metastases. We will also continue the ongoing trial of neratinib in combination with the anti-cancer drug temsirolimus in patients with HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. We are also continuing the development of neratinib in the neoadjuvant treatment of patients with HER2 positive breast cancer.

We also plan to conduct a Phase II clinical trial of neratinib in HER2 mutated non-small cell lung cancer patients and in HER2 negative breast cancer patients with a newly identified mutation during 2012.

 

53


Table of Contents

Clinical Testing of Our Products in Development

Each of our products in development, and likely all future drug candidates we in-license, will require extensive pre-clinical and clinical testing to determine the safety and efficacy of the product applications prior to seeking and obtaining regulatory approval. This process is expensive and time consuming. In completing these trials, we are dependent upon third-party consultants, consisting mainly of investigators and collaborators, who will conduct such trials.

We and our third-party consultants conduct pre-clinical testing in accordance with Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP, and clinical testing in accordance with Good Clinical Practice standards, or GCP, which are international ethical and scientific quality standards utilized for pre-clinical and clinical testing, respectively. GCP is the standard for the design, conduct, performance, monitoring, auditing, recording, analysis and reporting of clinical trials, and is required by the FDA to be followed in conducting clinical trials. Additionally, our pre-clinical and clinical testing completed in the European Union is conducted in accordance with applicable EU standards, such as the EU Clinical Trials Directive (Directive 2001/20/EC of April 4, 2001), or the EU Clinical Trials Directive, and the national laws of the Member Estates of the EU implementing its provisions.

Competition

The development and commercialization of new products to treat cancer is highly competitive, and we expect considerable competition from major pharmaceutical, biotechnology and specialty cancer companies. As a result, there are and will likely continue to be extensive research and substantial financial resources invested in the discovery and development of new cancer products. Our potential competitors include, but are not limited to, Genentech, GlaxoSmithKline, Roche, Boehringer Ingelheim, Takeda, Array Biopharma and Ambit Biosciences. We are an early-stage company with no history of operations and we only recently acquired the rights to the drug candidates we expect to develop. Many of our competitors have substantially more resources than we do, including both financial and technical. In addition, many of our competitors have more experience than we have in pre-clinical and clinical development, manufacturing, regulatory and global commercialization. We are also competing with academic institutions, governmental agencies and private organizations that are conducting research in the field of cancer. We anticipate that we will face intense competition.

We expect that our products under development and in clinical trials will address major markets within the cancer sector. Our competition will be determined in part by the potential indications for which drugs are developed and ultimately approved by regulatory authorities. Additionally, the timing of market introduction of some of our potential products or of competitors’ products may be an important competitive factor. Accordingly, the speed with which we can develop products, complete pre-clinical testing, clinical trials and approval processes, and supply commercial quantities to market are expected to be important competitive factors. We expect that competition among products approved for sale will be based on various factors, including product efficacy, safety, reliability, availability, price, reimbursement and patent position.

Intellectual Property and License Agreements

We hold a worldwide exclusive license under our license agreement with Pfizer to four granted U.S. patents and nine pending U.S. patent applications, as well as foreign counterparts thereof and other patent applications and patents claiming priority therefrom.

In the U.S., we have a license to an issued patent, which currently will expire in 2025, for the composition of matter of neratinib, our lead compound. We have a license to an issued U.S. patent covering a family of compounds including neratinib, as well as equivalent patents in the European Union and Japan, that currently expire in 2019. We also have a license to an issued U.S. patent for the use of neratinib in the treatment of breast cancer, which currently expires in 2025, and an issued U.S. polymorph patent for neratinib, which

 

54


Table of Contents

currently expires in 2028. In jurisdictions which permit such, we will seek patent term extensions where possible for certain of our patents. We plan to pursue additional patents in and outside the U.S. covering additional therapeutic uses and polymorphs of neratinib from these existing applications. In addition, we will pursue patent protection for any new discoveries or inventions made in the course of our development of neratinib.

If we obtain marketing approval for neratinib or other drug candidates in the U.S. or in certain jurisdictions outside the U.S., we may be eligible for regulatory protection, such as five years of new chemical entity exclusivity, and as mentioned above, up to five years of patent term extension potentially available in the United States under the Hatch-Waxman Act. In addition, eight to 11 years of data and marketing exclusivity potentially are available for new drugs in the European Union; up to five years of patent extension are potentially available in Europe (Supplemental Protection Certificate), and eight years of data exclusivity are potentially available in Japan. There can be no assurance that we will qualify for any such regulatory exclusivity, or that any such exclusivity will prevent competitors from seeking approval solely on the basis of their own studies. See “Government Regulation” below.

Our goal is to obtain, maintain and enforce patent protection for our products, formulations, processes, methods and other proprietary technologies, preserve our trade secrets, and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of other parties, both in the United States and in other countries. Our policy is to actively seek to obtain, where appropriate, the broadest intellectual property protection possible for our current product candidates and any future product candidates, proprietary information and proprietary technology through a combination of contractual arrangements and patents, both in the United States and abroad. However, even patent protection may not always afford us with complete protection against competitors who seek to circumvent our patents. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property—Our proprietary rights may not adequately protect our intellectual property and potential products, and if we cannot obtain adequate protection of our intellectual property and potential products, we may not be able to successfully market our potential products.”

We depend upon the skills, knowledge and experience of our scientific and technical personnel, as well as that of our advisors, consultants and other contractors, none of which is patentable. To help protect our proprietary know-how, which is not patentable, and inventions for which patents may be difficult to obtain or enforce, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect our interests. To this end, we require all of our employees, consultants, advisors and other contractors to enter into confidentiality agreements that prohibit the disclosure of confidential information and, where applicable, require disclosure and assignment to us of the ideas, developments, discoveries and inventions important to our business.

License Agreements

In August 2011, Former Puma entered into an agreement pursuant to which Pfizer agreed to grant to Former Puma a worldwide license for the development, manufacture and commercialization of neratinib (oral), neratinib (intravenous), PB357, and certain related compounds. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the license would not become effective until Former Puma closed a capital raising transaction in which it raised at least $25 million in aggregate net proceeds and had a net worth of at least $22.5 million. Upon the closing of the financing that preceded the Merger, this condition was satisfied.

We assumed the license agreement, in accordance with its terms, in the Merger. The license is exclusive with respect to certain patent rights owned or licensed by Pfizer. Under the license agreement, Pfizer is obligated to transfer to us certain information, records, regulatory filings, materials and inventory controlled by Pfizer and relating to or useful for developing these compounds and to continue to conduct certain ongoing clinical studies until a certain time. After that time, we are obligated to continue such studies pursuant to an approved development plan, including after the license agreement terminates for reasons unrelated to Pfizer’s breach of the license agreement, subject to certain specified exceptions. We are also obligated to commence a new clinical trial for a product containing one of these compounds within a specified period of time and use commercially

 

55


Table of Contents

reasonable efforts to complete such trial and achieve certain milestones as provided in a development plan. If certain of our out-of-pocket costs in completing such studies exceed a mutually agreed amount, Pfizer will pay for certain additional out-of-pocket costs to complete such studies. We must use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize products containing these compounds in specified major-market countries and other countries in which we believe it is commercially reasonable to develop and commercialize such products.

As consideration for the license, we are required to make payments totaling $187.5 million upon the achievement of certain milestones if all such milestones are achieved. Should we commercialize any of the compounds licensed from Pfizer or any products containing any of these compounds, we will be obligated to pay to Pfizer incremental annual royalties between approximately 10% and 20% of net sales of all such products, subject, in some circumstances, to certain reductions. Our royalty obligation continues, on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, until the later of (i) the last to expire valid claim of a licensed patent covering the applicable licensed product in such country, or (ii) the earlier of generic competition for such licensed product reaching a certain level of sales in such country or expiration of a certain time period after first commercial sale of such licensed product in such country. In the event that we sublicense the rights granted to us under the license agreement with Pfizer to a third party, the same milestone and royalty payments are required.

We can terminate the license agreement at will at any time after April 4, 2013 or for safety concerns, in each case upon specified advance notice. Each party may terminate the license agreement if the other party fails to cure any breach of a material obligation by such other party within a specified time period. Pfizer may terminate the license agreement in the event of our bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or similar proceeding. The license agreement contains other customary clauses and terms as are common in similar agreements in the industry.

Government Regulation

United States—FDA Process

The research, development, testing, manufacture, labeling, promotion, advertising, distribution and marketing, among other things, of drug products are extensively regulated by governmental authorities in the United States and other countries. In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and its implementing regulations. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements may subject us to administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve pending NDAs, warning letters, fines, civil penalties, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions and/or criminal prosecution.

Drug Approval Process . None of our drug product candidates may be marketed in the United States until the drug has received FDA approval. The steps required before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally include the following:

 

   

completion of extensive pre-clinical laboratory tests, animal studies, and formulation studies in accordance with the FDA’s GLP regulations;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the drug for each proposed indication;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an NDA after completion of all pivotal clinical trials;

 

56


Table of Contents
   

satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, and finished drug product are produced and tested to assess compliance with cGMPs; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug in the United States.

The development and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies. The conduct of the pre-clinical tests and formulation of the compounds for testing must comply with federal regulations and requirements. The results of the pre-clinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. An IND will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the trial, such as whether human research subjects will be exposed to an unreasonable health risk. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding FDA concerns or questions before clinical trials can proceed. We cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin.

Clinical trials involve administration of the investigational drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol must be provided to the FDA as part of a separate submission to the IND. Further, an IRB for each medical center proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the study protocol and informed consent information for study subjects for any clinical trial before it commences at that center, and the IRB must monitor the study until it is completed. There are also requirements governing reporting of ongoing clinical trials and clinical trial results to public registries. Study subjects must sign an informed consent form before participating in a clinical trial.

Clinical trials necessary for product approval typically are conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. Phase I usually involves the initial introduction of the investigational drug into a limited population, typically healthy humans, to evaluate its short-term safety, dosage tolerance, metabolism, pharmacokinetics and pharmacologic actions, and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness. Phase II usually involves trials in a limited patient population to (i) evaluate dosage tolerance and appropriate dosage; (ii) identify possible adverse effects and safety risks; and (iii) evaluate preliminarily the efficacy of the drug for specific targeted indications. Multiple Phase II clinical trials may be conducted by the sponsor to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase III clinical trials. Phase III trials, commonly referred to as pivotal studies, are undertaken in an expanded patient population at multiple, geographically dispersed clinical trial centers to further evaluate clinical efficacy and test further for safety by using the drug in its final form. There can be no assurance that Phase I, Phase II or Phase III testing will be completed successfully within any specified period of time, if at all. Furthermore, we, the FDA or an IRB may suspend clinical trials at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Moreover, the FDA may approve an NDA for a product candidate, but require that the sponsor conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the drug after NDA approval under a post-approval commitment. Post-approval trials are typically referred to as Phase IV clinical trials.

During the development of a new drug, sponsors are given an opportunity to meet with the FDA at certain points. These points may be prior to submission of an IND, at the end of Phase II, and before an NDA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date, for the FDA to provide advice, and for the sponsor and the FDA to reach an agreement on the next phase of development. Sponsors typically use the end of Phase II meeting

 

57


Table of Contents

to discuss their Phase II clinical results and present their plans for the pivotal Phase III clinical trial that they believe will support approval of the new drug. A sponsor may request a Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, the purpose of which is to reach an agreement with the FDA that the protocol design, clinical endpoints, and statistical analyses are acceptable to support regulatory approval of the product candidate with respect to effectiveness in the indication studied. If such an agreement is reached, it will be documented and made part of the administrative record, and it will be binding on the FDA except in limited circumstances such as if the FDA identifies a substantial scientific issue essential to determining the safety or effectiveness of the product after clinical studies begin, or if the sponsor fails to follow the protocol that was agreed upon with the FDA. There is no guarantee that a study will ultimately be adequate to support an approval even if the study is subject to an SPA.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal safety studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the quality, purity and potency of the final drugs. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of pre-clinical studies and of clinical studies, together with other detailed information, including information on the manufacture and composition of the drug, are submitted to the FDA in the form of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. An NDA must be accompanied by a significant user fee, which is waived for the first NDA submitted by a qualifying small business. In July 2012, the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, was signed into law. Among other things, FDASIA reauthorizes the FDA’s authority to collect user fees from industry participants to fund reviews of innovator drugs.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources. The FDA will review the NDA and may deem it to be inadequate to support approval, and we cannot be sure that any approval will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. The FDA may also refer the application to the appropriate advisory committee, typically a panel of clinicians, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of the advisory committee, but it typically follows such recommendations.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA inspects the facility or the facilities at which the drug and/or its active pharmaceutical ingredient is manufactured and will not approve the product unless the manufacturing is in compliance with cGMPs. If the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities are deemed acceptable, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or in some cases a Complete Response Letter. The approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug for specific indications. As a condition of NDA approval, the FDA may require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the drug’s safety or efficacy, or impose other conditions. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application is not ready for approval. A Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data and/or additional pivotal Phase III clinical trial(s), and/or other significant, expensive and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, pre-clinical studies or manufacturing. Even if such additional information is submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we or our collaborators interpret data. Alternatively, the FDA could also approve the NDA with a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to mitigate risks of the drug, which could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries or other risk minimization tools. Once the FDA approves a drug, the FDA may withdraw product approval if ongoing regulatory requirements are not met or if safety problems occur after the product reaches the market. In addition, the FDA may require testing, including Phase IV clinical trials, and surveillance programs to monitor the safety effects of

 

58


Table of Contents

approved products that have been commercialized, and the FDA has the power to prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of these post-marketing programs or other information.

Expedited Review and Approval. The FDA has various programs, including Fast Track, priority review and accelerated approval, which are intended to expedite or simplify the process for reviewing drugs, and/or provide for approval on the basis of surrogate endpoints. Even if a drug qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the drug no longer meets the conditions for qualification or that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. Generally, drugs that may be eligible for these programs are those for serious or life-threatening conditions, those with the potential to address unmet medical needs, and those that offer meaningful benefits over existing treatments. For example, Fast Track is a process designed to facilitate the development and expedite the review of drugs to treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions and which demonstrate the potential to address an unmet medical need. Priority review is designed to give drugs that offer major advances in treatment or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists an initial review within six months as compared to a standard review time of 10 months. Although Fast Track and priority review do not affect the standards for approval, the FDA will attempt to facilitate early and frequent meetings with a sponsor of a Fast Track designated drug and expedite review of the application for a drug designated for priority review. Accelerated approval provides an earlier approval of drugs to treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions, including a fast track product, upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint, which is a laboratory measurement or physical sign used as an indirect or substitute measurement representing a clinically meaningful outcome, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval perform post-marketing clinical trials. Pursuant to FDASIA, the FDA is required to issue draft guidance on expedited review and approval programs by July 9, 2013.

Post-Approval Requirements . After a drug has been approved by the FDA for sale, the FDA may require that certain post-approval requirements be satisfied, including the conduct of additional clinical studies. In addition, certain changes to an approved product, such as adding new indications, making certain manufacturing changes, or making certain additional labeling claims, are subject to further FDA review and approval. Before a company can market products for additional indications, it must obtain additional approvals from the FDA, typically a new NDA. Obtaining approval for a new indication generally requires that additional clinical studies be conducted. A company cannot be sure that any additional approval for new indications for any product candidate will be approved on a timely basis, or at all.

If post-approval conditions are not satisfied, the FDA may withdraw its approval of the drug. In addition, holders of an approved NDA are required to (i) report certain adverse reactions to the FDA and maintain pharmacovigilance programs to proactively look for these adverse events; (ii) comply with certain requirements concerning advertising and promotional labeling for their products; and (iii) continue to have quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMPs after approval. The FDA periodically inspects the sponsor’s records related to safety reporting and/or manufacturing facilities; this latter effort includes assessment of ongoing compliance with cGMPs. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. We intend to use third-party manufacturers to produce our products in clinical and commercial quantities, and future FDA inspections may identify compliance issues at the facilities of our contract manufacturers that may disrupt production or distribution, or require substantial resources to correct. In addition, discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved NDA, including recall of the product from the market or withdrawal of approval of the NDA for that drug.

Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity. Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of the use of our drugs, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term

 

59


Table of Contents

extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the extension must be requested prior to expiration of the patent. The United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we intend to apply for restorations of patent term for some of our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond their current expiration date, depending on the expected length of clinical trials and other factors involved in the submission of the relevant NDA.

Data and market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA also can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent data exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, for new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or 505(b)(2) NDAs for drugs containing the original active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA; however, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct, or obtain a right of reference to all of the pre-clinical studies, adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Foreign Regulation

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain approval by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials and approval of foreign countries or economic areas, such as the EU, before we may market products in those countries or areas. The approval process and requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from place to place, and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval.

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is comprised of the 27 member states of the EU, or Member States, plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of MAs:

 

   

The Community MAs —These are issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure , based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and are valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, and medicinal products indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not

 

60


Table of Contents
 

yet authorized in the EEA; for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation; or for products that are in the interest of public health in the EU.

 

   

National MAs —These are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, and are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member State through the Mutual Recognition Procedure . If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure . Under the Decentralized Procedure , an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State. The competent authority of the Reference Member State prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of the product characteristics, or SPC, and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Member States Concerned) for their approval. If the Member States Concerned raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SPC, labeling or packaging proposed by the Reference Member State, the product is subsequently granted a National MA in all the Member States (i.e., in the Reference Member State and the Member States Concerned).

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA assess the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

As in the United States, it may be possible in foreign countries to obtain a period of market and/or data exclusivity that would have the effect of postponing the entry into the marketplace of a competitor’s generic product. For example, if any of our products receive marketing approval in the EEA, we expect they will benefit from eight years of data exclusivity and ten years of marketing exclusivity. An additional non-cumulative one-year period of marketing exclusivity is possible if during the data exclusivity period (the first eight years of the 10-year marketing exclusivity period), we obtain an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications that are deemed to bring a significant clinical benefit compared to existing therapies. The data exclusivity period begins on the date of the product’s first marketing authorization in the EU and prevents generics from relying on the marketing authorization holder’s pharmacological, toxicological and clinical data for a period of eight years. After eight years, a generic product application may be submitted and generic companies may rely on the marketing authorization holder’s data. However, a generic cannot launch until two years later (or a total of 10 years after the first marketing authorization in the EU of the innovator product), or three years later (or a total of 11 years after the first marketing authorization in the EU of the innovator product) if the marketing authorization holder obtains marketing authorization for a new indication with significant clinical benefit within the eight-year data exclusivity period. In Japan our products may be eligible for eight years of data exclusivity. There can be no assurance that we will qualify for such regulatory exclusivity, or that such exclusivity will prevent competitors from seeking approval solely on the basis of their own studies.

When conducting clinical trials in the EU, we must adhere to the provisions of the EU Clinical Trials Directive and the laws and regulations of the EU Member States implementing them. These provisions require, among other things, that the prior authorization of an Ethics Committee and the competent Member State authority is obtained before commencing the clinical trial.

Pricing and Reimbursement

In the United States and internationally, sales of products that we market in the future, and our ability to generate revenues on such sales, are dependent, in significant part, on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, such as state and federal governments, managed care providers and

 

61


Table of Contents

private insurance plans. Private insurers, such as health maintenance organizations and managed care providers, have implemented cost-cutting and reimbursement initiatives and likely will continue to do so in the future. These include establishing formularies that govern the drugs and biologics that will be offered and the out-of-pocket obligations of member patients for such products. We may need to conduct pharmacoeconomic studies to demonstrate the cost effectiveness of our products for formulary coverage and reimbursement. Even with such studies, our products may be considered less safe, less effective or less cost-effective than existing products, and third-party payors may not provide coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates, in whole or in part.

In addition, particularly in the U.S. and increasingly in other countries, we are required to provide discounts and pay rebates to state and federal governments and agencies in connection with purchases of our products that are reimbursed by such entities. It is possible that future legislation in the United States and other jurisdictions could be enacted to potentially impact reimbursement rates for the products we are developing and may develop in the future and could further impact the levels of discounts and rebates paid to federal and state government entities. Any legislation that impacts these areas could impact, in a significant way, our ability to generate revenues from sales of products that, if successfully developed, we bring to market.

Political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry in the United States to fundamental changes. There have been, and we expect there will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could significantly affect our future business. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the PPACA, enacted in March 2010, substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among other cost containment measures, PPACA establishes:

 

   

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic agents;

 

   

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which pharmaceutical manufacturers who wish to have their drugs covered under Part D must offer discounts to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, or the donut hole; and

 

   

a new formula that increases the rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program.

In the future, there may continue to be additional proposals relating to the reform of the U.S. healthcare system. Future legislation, including the current versions being considered at the federal level in the United States, or regulatory actions implementing recent or future legislation may have a significant effect on our business. Our ability to successfully commercialize products depends in part on the extent to which reimbursement for the costs of our products and related treatments will be available in the United States and worldwide from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. The adoption of certain proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our products, the amounts of reimbursement available for our products, and limit the acceptance and availability of our products. Therefore, substantial uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved health care products by third-party payors.

Sales and Marketing

The FDA regulates all advertising and promotion activities for products under its jurisdiction prior to and after approval, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, dissemination of off-label information, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the Internet. Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the

 

62


Table of Contents

provisions of the approved label. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, we may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new or supplemental NDA, which may require us to collect additional data or conduct additional pre-clinical studies and clinical trials. Failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements may subject a company to adverse publicity, enforcement action by the FDA, corrective advertising, consent decrees and the full range of civil and criminal penalties available to the FDA.

Physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for uses that are not described in the drug’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. Such off-label uses are common across medical specialties, and often reflect a physician’s belief that the off-label use is the best treatment for the patients. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments, but FDA regulations do impose stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label uses. Failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements may subject a company to adverse publicity, enforcement action by the FDA, corrective advertising, consent decrees and the full range of civil and criminal penalties available to the FDA.

Outside the United States, our ability to market a product is contingent upon obtaining marketing authorization from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The requirements governing marketing authorization, pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country.

We may also be subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to health care “fraud and abuse,” including anti-kickback laws and false claims laws. Anti-kickback laws make it illegal for a prescription drug manufacturer to solicit, offer, receive, or pay any remuneration in exchange for, or to induce, the referral of business, including the purchase or prescription of a particular drug. Due to the breadth of the statutory provisions and the absence of guidance in the form of regulations and very few court decisions addressing industry practices, it is possible that our practices might be challenged under anti-kickback or similar laws. False claims laws prohibit anyone from knowingly and willingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to third-party payors (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for reimbursed drugs or services that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Our activities relating to the sale and marketing of our products may be subject to scrutiny under these laws.

Violations of fraud and abuse laws may be punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including fines and civil monetary penalties, the possibility of exclusion from federal health care programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) and corporate integrity agreements, which impose, among other things, rigorous operational and monitoring requirements on companies. Similar sanctions and penalties also may be imposed upon executive officers and employees, including criminal sanctions against executive officers under the so-called “responsible corporate officer” doctrine, even in situations where the executive officer did not intend to violate the law and was unaware of any wrongdoing. Given the penalties that may be imposed on companies and individuals if convicted, allegations of such violations often result in settlements even if the company or individual being investigated admits no wrongdoing. Settlements often include significant civil sanctions, including fines and civil monetary penalties, and corporate integrity agreements. If the government was to allege or convict us or our executive officers of violating these laws, our business could be harmed. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring similar actions. Our activities could be subject to challenge for the reasons discussed above and due to the broad scope of these laws and the increasing attention being given to them by law enforcement authorities. Further, there are an increasing number of state laws that require manufacturers to make reports to states on pricing and marketing information. Many of these laws contain ambiguities as to what is required to comply with the laws. Given the lack of clarity in laws and their implementation, our reporting actions could be subject to the penalty provisions of the pertinent state authorities.

Manufacturing

We do not currently have our own manufacturing facilities. We intend to continue to use our financial resources to accelerate development of our drug candidates rather than diverting resources to establish our own

 

63


Table of Contents

manufacturing facilities. We intend to meet our pre-clinical and clinical trial manufacturing requirements by establishing relationships with third-party manufacturers and other service providers to perform these services for us. While our drug candidates were being developed by Pfizer, both the drug substance and drug product were manufactured by third-party contractors. We are currently using the same third-party contractors to manufacture, supply, store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials.

Should any of our drug candidates obtain marketing approval, we anticipate establishing relationships with third-party manufacturers and other service providers in connection with commercial production of our products. We have some flexibility in securing other manufacturers to produce our drug candidates; however, our alternatives may be limited due to proprietary technologies or methods used in the manufacture of some of our drug candidates.

Other Laws and Regulatory Processes

We are subject to a variety of financial disclosure and securities trading regulations as a public company in the United States, including laws relating to the oversight activities of the SEC, and, upon the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, we will be subject to the regulations of such exchange on which our shares are traded. In addition, the FASB, the SEC, and other bodies that have jurisdiction over the form and content of our accounts, our financial statements and other public disclosure are constantly discussing and interpreting proposals and existing pronouncements designed to ensure that companies best display relevant and transparent information relating to their respective businesses.

Our present and future business has been and will continue to be subject to various other laws and regulations. Various laws, regulations and recommendations relating to safe working conditions, laboratory practices, experimental use of animals, and the purchase, storage, movement, import and export, and use and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances used in connection with our research work are or may be applicable to our activities. Certain agreements entered into by us involving exclusive license rights or acquisitions may be subject to national or supranational antitrust regulatory control, the effect of which cannot be predicted. The extent of government regulation that might result from future legislation or administrative action cannot accurately be predicted.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development activities, which include personnel costs, research supplies, clinical and preclinical study costs, are the primary source of our overall expenses. Such expenses related to the research and development of our product candidates totaled $23.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, and $0.8 million from September 15, 2010 (Former Puma’s date of inception) through December 31, 2011.

Employees

As of June 30, 2012, we had 41 employees, all of whom are full-time employees. We believe our relations with our employees are good. Over the course of the next year, we anticipate hiring up to 10 additional full-time employees devoted to clinical activities, four additional full-time employees for the regulatory and quality assurance function, and two additional full-time employees for general and administrative activities. In addition, we intend to continue to use clinical research organizations and third parties to perform our clinical studies and manufacturing.

Properties

We lease approximately 13,254 square feet of office space in the building located at 10880 Wilshire Boulevard for use as our corporate headquarters. Our lease commenced in December 2011 and terminates in

 

64


Table of Contents

December 2018, with an option to extend for an additional five-year term. We have also signed a lease for additional office space in South San Francisco, California. This lease is for seven years and is expected to commence on or about October 1, 2012. We believe our office space will be adequate to meet current and anticipated future requirements and that additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any expansions that our operations require.

Legal Proceedings

We are not involved in any pending legal proceedings and are not aware of any threatened or contemplated legal proceedings against us.

 

65


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT AND DIRECTORS

Each executive officer and each member of our board of directors shall serve until his successor is elected and qualified.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Alan H. Auerbach

     42       President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Charles R. Eyler

     64       Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration and
Treasurer

Richard Phillips, Ph.D.

     58       Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs, Quality Assurance
and Pharmacovigilance

Richard P. Bryce

     54       Senior Vice President, Clinical Research and Development

Thomas R. Malley

     43       Director

Jay M. Moyes

     58       Director

Executive Officers

Alan H. Auerbach. Mr. Auerbach has served as Chairman of our board of directors and as our President and Chief Executive Officer since October 4, 2011. Prior to October 4, 2011, he served in such capacity at Former Puma since its inception in September 2010. Prior to joining Former Puma, Mr. Auerbach founded Cougar Biotechnology, Inc., or Cougar, in May 2003 and served as its Chief Executive Officer, President and a member of its board of directors until July 2009, when Cougar was acquired by Johnson & Johnson. From July 2009 until January 2010, Mr. Auerbach served as the Co-Chairman of the Integration Steering Committee at Cougar (as part of Johnson & Johnson) that provided leadership and oversight for the development and global commercialization of Cougar’s lead drug candidate, abiraterone acetate, for the treatment of advanced prostate cancer. Prior to founding Cougar, from June 1998 to April 2003, Mr. Auerbach was a Vice President, Senior Research Analyst at Wells Fargo Securities, where he was responsible for research coverage of small- and middle-capitalization biotechnology companies, with a focus on companies in the field of oncology. Mr. Auerbach has served as a director of Radius Health, Inc., a publicly reporting pharmaceutical company focused on acquiring and developing new therapeutics for the treatment of osteoporosis and other women’s health conditions, since May 2011 and its predecessor entity from October 2010 to May 2011. Mr. Auerbach received a B.S. in Biomedical Engineering from Boston University and an M.S. in Biomedical Engineering from the University of Southern California.

Charles R. Eyler . Mr. Eyler has served as our Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration and Treasurer since October 4, 2011. Prior to October 4, 2011, he served in such capacity at Former Puma beginning on September 1, 2011. Prior to joining Former Puma, Mr. Eyler served as Senior Vice President of Finance at Cougar until July 2009, when Cougar was acquired by Johnson & Johnson. He also served as the Treasurer of Cougar from April 2006 to July 2009. From July 2009 until March 2010, Mr. Eyler served on the Integration Steering Committee at Cougar (as part of Johnson & Johnson) and oversaw the integration of Cougar’s finance and IT functions with those of Johnson & Johnson. From April 2010 until September 2011, Mr. Eyler explored various entrepreneurial and other opportunities. Prior to joining Cougar, Mr. Eyler served as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Hayes Medical Inc. from March 1999 to January 2004. Mr. Eyler received his B.S. from Drexel University and his M.B.A. from Saint Francis College.

Richard Phillips, Ph.D. Dr. Phillips has served as our Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs, Quality Assurance and Pharmacovigilance since November 1, 2011. He previously served as a consultant in the Global Regulatory Consultancy Group of PPD, Inc. from March 2011 to October 2011. From March 2010 to March 2011, he worked as an independent consultant with pharmaceutical and biotech companies in the area of regulatory affairs. From January 2007 to July 2009, Dr. Phillips served as Senior Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance at Cougar Biotechnology, Inc., and following the acquisition of Cougar by Johnson & Johnson, from July 2009 until March 2010, he oversaw the integration of Cougar’s regulatory affairs

 

66


Table of Contents

and quality assurance function with Johnson & Johnson. Dr. Phillips received a B.S. from the University of California, Irvine in 1976 and a Ph.D. from the University of California, Berkeley in 1982.

Richard P. Bryce MBChB, MRCGP and MFPM. Dr. Bryce has served as our Senior Vice President, Clinical Research and Development since June 20, 2012. Dr. Bryce previously served as Senior Medical Director for Onyx Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company, from September 2008 to June 2012, where he oversaw the Phase III clinical trial program of carfilzomib for the treatment of multiple myeloma and the Phase II clinical trial program of sorafenib for the treatment of breast and colorectal cancers. From August 2007 to August 2008, Dr. Bryce served as Senior Medical Director for ICON Clinical Research, a contract research organization, where he was responsible for developing and evaluating oncology protocols, medical monitoring, and overseeing drug safety management activities in connection with the clinical trials of oncology drugs. From May 2005 until July 2007, he served as Executive Vice President of Medical Affairs at Ergomed Clinical Research, a contract research organization, where he worked to establish the company’s U.S. operations, had overall responsibility for the global Phase I unit activities, drug safety, medical writing and regulatory affairs, and oversaw the company’s provision of consulting services to various oncology-focused biotechnology companies. From April 2003 to May 2005, Dr. Bryce served as International Medical Leader at Roche, where he oversaw the global Phase IV clinical trial program of Xeloda ® (capecitabine) for the treatment of breast cancer. Dr. Bryce holds a BSc in Medical Sciences and his primary medical degree (MBChB) from the University of Edinburgh, Scotland. He also holds post-graduate diplomas in Obstetrics and Gynaecology from the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists of London and in Child Health and Pharmaceutical Medicine from the Royal College of Physicians of the United Kingdom. He is a member of the Royal College of General Practitioners and the Royal College of Physicians (Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine) of the United Kingdom. He is also a member of the American Society of Clinical Oncology, the American Society of Hematology and the European Society of Medical Oncology.

Directors

Alan H. Auerbach . See “—Executive Officers.”

Thomas R. Malley . Mr. Malley has been a director since the closing of the Merger on October 4, 2011. Since May 2007, Mr. Malley has served as President of Mossrock Capital, LLC, a private investment firm. From April 1991 to May 2007, Mr. Malley served with Janus Mutual Funds as an analyst for eight years and as a Vice President and Portfolio Manager for the Janus Global Life Sciences Fund for eight years. Since October 2006, Mr. Malley has served as a director of Synageva BioPharma Corp., a public clinical stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of therapeutic products for patients with life-threatening rare diseases and unmet medical needs. Mr. Malley previously served as a director of Cougar Biotechnology, Inc. from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Malley received a B.S. in Biology from Stanford University in 1991. Mr. Malley was selected as a director because of his industry and investment experience.

Jay M. Moyes . Mr. Moyes has been a director since April 27, 2012. Mr. Moyes has been a member of the board of directors and chairman of the audit committee of Osiris Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly held stem cell therapeutics company, since May 2006. He has also been a member of the board of directors and the chairman of the audit committee for each of Biocardia, Inc., a privately held cardiovascular regenerative medicine company, and Integrated Diagnostics, Inc., a privately held molecular diagnostics company, since January 2011 and March 2011, respectively. From May 2008 through July 2009, Mr. Moyes served as the Chief Financial Officer of XDx, Inc., a privately held molecular diagnostics company. Prior to that, Mr. Moyes served as the Chief Financial Officer of Myriad Genetics, Inc., a publicly held healthcare diagnostics company, from June 1996 until his retirement in November 2007, and as its Vice President of Finance from July 1993 until July 2005. From 1991 to 1993, Mr. Moyes served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Genmark, Inc., a privately held genetics company. Mr. Moyes held various positions with the accounting firm of KPMG LLP from 1979 through 1991, most recently as a Senior Manager. He holds an M.B.A. degree from the University of Utah, a B.A. degree in economics from Weber State University, and is formerly a Certified Public Accountant.

 

67


Table of Contents

Mr. Moyes also served as a member of the Board of Trustees of the Utah Life Science Association from 1999 through 2006.

None of our directors, nominees or executive officers is related by blood, marriage or adoption to any other director, nominee or executive officer.

Director Independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, New York Stock Exchange rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under New York Stock Exchange rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if such person is not an executive officer or employee of the listed company and, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not otherwise have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each of our directors concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Malley and Moyes do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Committees

We have established an audit committee and, upon the completion of this offering, we will also have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee provides oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process, the audit of our financial statements and our internal control function. Among other matters, the audit committee assists our board of directors in oversight of the independent registered public accounting firm qualifications, independence and performance; is responsible for the engagement, retention and compensation of the independent auditors; reviews the scope of the annual audit; reviews and discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements including the disclosures in our annual and quarterly reports filed with the SEC; reviews our risk assessment and risk management processes; establishes procedures for receiving, retaining and investigating complaints received

 

68


Table of Contents

by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or audit matters; approves audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm; and reviews and approves related person transactions under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. In addition, our audit committee will oversee our internal audit function when it is established.

The members of our audit committee are Mr. Malley, who will be the chair of the committee, and Mr. Moyes. Messrs. Malley and Moyes will continue to serve on the audit committee after this offering. Each of Messrs. Malley and Moyes are independent directors as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. In accordance with the phase-in rules of the New York Stock Exchange, we will add a third independent director to our audit committee within one year of listing on the New York Stock Exchange. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Malley is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee will adopt and administer the compensation policies, plans and benefit programs for our executive officers and all other members of our executive team. In addition, among other things, our compensation committee will annually evaluate, in consultation with our board of directors, the performance of our Chief Executive Officer, will review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executives and will evaluate the performance of these executives in light of those goals and objectives. Our compensation committee also will administer our incentive award plan. Upon the completion of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be Messrs. Malley and Moyes. The members of our compensation committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, and Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things, making recommendations regarding corporate governance, the composition of our board of directors, identification, evaluation and nomination of director candidates and the structure and composition of committees of our board of directors. In addition, our nominating and corporate governance committee will oversee our corporate governance guidelines, approve our committee charters, oversee compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, contribute to succession planning, review actual and potential conflicts of interest of our directors and officers other than related person transactions reviewed by the audit committee and oversee the self-evaluation process of our board of directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee also will be responsible for making recommendations regarding non-employee director compensation to the full board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be Messrs. Malley and Moyes. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that establishes the standards of ethical conduct applicable to all directors, officers and employees of our company. Our code of business conduct and ethics addresses, among other things, conflicts of interest, compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, corporate opportunities and confidentiality requirements. Our code of business conduct and ethics is available on our corporate website at www.pumabiotechnology.com/about_governance.html. We intend to disclose any future amendments to certain provisions of our code of

 

69


Table of Contents

business conduct and ethics, or waivers of provisions required to be disclosed under the rules of the SEC, at the same location on our website identified in the preceding sentence.

Board Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight

Alan H. Auerbach currently serves as our Principal Executive Officer, and Charles R. Eyler currently serves as our Principal Financial and Accounting Officer. Our board of directors is comprised of Messrs. Auerbach, Malley and Moyes, with Mr. Auerbach serving as Chairman. At present, we have determined this leadership structure of having a combined Chairman of the Board and Principal Executive Officer is appropriate due to our small size and limited operations and resources.

We have no policy requiring the combination or separation of the Principal Executive Officer and Chairman roles and our governing documents do not mandate a particular structure. Our directors recognize that the leadership structure and the combination or separation of these leadership roles is driven by our needs at any point in time.

Our directors are exclusively involved in the general oversight of risks that could affect our business and they will continue to evaluate our leadership structure and modify such structure as appropriate based on our size, resources and operations.

Board Meetings

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, our board of directors did not meet and we did not hold an annual meeting. Our board of directors conducted all of its business and approved all corporate action during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 by the unanimous written consent of its members, in the absence of formal board meetings.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and officers, and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent (10%) of our common stock, who are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Reporting Persons, to file reports with the SEC of beneficial ownership and reports of changes in beneficial ownership of our common stock on Forms 3, 4 and 5. Reporting Persons are required by applicable SEC rules to furnish us with copies of all such forms filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act. To our knowledge, based solely on our review of the copies of the Forms 3, 4 and 5 received by us during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and written representations that no other reports were required, we believe that all reports required to be filed by such persons with respect to our fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 were timely filed.

Legal Proceedings

We are not aware of any material proceedings in which any of our directors, executive officers or affiliates, any owner of record or beneficially of more than 5% of our common stock, or any associate of any such director, officer, affiliate or security holder is a party adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries or has a material interest adverse to us.

Stockholder Communication with our Board of Directors

Stockholders may send communications to our board of directors by writing to Puma Biotechnology, Inc., 10880 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 2150, Los Angeles, California 90024, Attention: Board of Directors.

 

70


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned by our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2011. We did not pay any cash or other compensation to our executive officers in 2010.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
    Option
Awards
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Alan H. Auerbach

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2011       $ 156,667  (1)      —          —   (2)    $ 156,667   

Charles R. Eyler

Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration

     2011         110,416  (3)      —   (4)      —          110,416   

Richard Phillips, Ph.D.

Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs, Quality

Assurance and Pharmacovigilance

     2011         67,000  (3)      —   (4)      —          67,000   

 

(1) We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Auerbach on January 19, 2012. The employment agreement governs the terms of Mr. Auerbach’s employment with us and Former Puma since September 15, 2010. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Auerbach was entitled to an annual base salary of $470,000, retroactively effective to September 1, 2011.
(2) Mr. Auerbach was issued a warrant on October 4, 2011 that provides Mr. Auerbach with the right to maintain ownership of at least 20% of our common stock in the event that we raise capital in the future through the sale of its securities. The warrant has a ten-year term and will become exercisable upon the closing this offering. For purposes of determining the final fair value of the warrant in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, or ASC 718, the grant date of the warrant will occur on the date of the closing of this offering when the aggregate number of shares exercisable and the price per share will be determined. For accounting purposes, because the requisite service period for the warrant precedes the grant date, the warrant was valued at the time of issuance at approximately $6,900,000 and revalued at December 31, 2011, in accordance with ASC 718. The fair market value of the warrant as of December 31, 2011 was approximately $7,600,000 (See Note 7 to our Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011), which amount was recorded as stock-based compensation expense for the year then ended.
(3) We entered into a letter agreement with (a) Mr. Eyler on October 21, 2011, pursuant to which Mr. Eyler was entitled to an annual base salary of $265,000, retroactively effective to September 1, 2011 and (b) Dr. Phillips on October 21, 2011, pursuant to which Dr. Phillips was entitled to an annual base salary of $268,000, effective as of November 1, 2011. Amounts reflected in the salary column above represent the salary earned by each of the named executive officers during 2011 and also include signing bonuses of $22,083 and $22,333 paid to each of Mr. Eyler and Dr. Phillips, respectively, in connection with entering into his letter agreement. The signing bonus is not considered earned until the one-year anniversary of the effective date of the respective letter agreement and is conditioned upon active service with us through such one-year anniversary. Each of Mr. Eyler and Dr. Phillips is obligated to repay to us his signing bonus in the event his employment with us terminates before the first anniversary of his letter agreement’s effective date.
(4)

On February 13, 2012, we granted each of Mr. Eyler and Dr. Phillips a stock option to purchase 90,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $3.75 pursuant to their respective employment letter agreements with us. The shares of common stock underlying these stock options will vest over a three-year period, with 1/3 of the shares vesting on the one-year anniversary of the letter agreement’s effective date and then 1/36 of the shares vesting monthly over the next two years. The vesting period for Mr. Eyler’s option grant commenced on his date of hire, September 1, 2011, and we recognized $23,304 of compensation expense for this stock option grant during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. The

 

71


Table of Contents
  vesting period for Dr. Phillips’ option grant commenced on his date of hire, November 1, 2011, and we recognized $11,495 of compensation expense for this stock option grant during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. The grant date fair value for the options granted on February 13, 2012 was computed in accordance with ASC 718.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, neither we nor Former Puma had any plans in place for the payment of retirement benefits or benefits that will be paid primarily following retirement including, but not limited to, tax qualified deferred benefit plans, supplemental executive retirement plans, tax qualified deferred contribution plans and nonqualified deferred contribution plans.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

No options were granted by us or Former Puma during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. Upon the consummation of the Merger, we assumed Former Puma’s 2011 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2011 Plan. As of December 31, 2011, a total of 3,529,412 shares are reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan. As of December 31, 2011, no awards had been granted under the 2011 Plan.

The following table sets forth the number of options outstanding under the 2011 Plan as of December 31, 2011:

 

Plan Category

   Number of
shares to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
     Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
     Number of shares
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
shares reflected in
the first column)
 

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders (1)

     —           —           3,529,412   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           —           3,529,412   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) On September 15, 2011, the board of directors and stockholder of Former Puma adopted the 2011 Plan. On October 4, 2011, we assumed the 2011 Plan in connection with the Merger.

As of June 30, 2012, pursuant to an employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer and letter agreements with our other executive officers and certain employees, we had granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,392,500 shares of our common stock under the 2011 Plan.

Administration

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish a compensation committee and it will administer the 2011 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2011 Plan and the board’s delegation of its authority under the 2011 Plan to our stock option committee, our compensation committee will have complete authority and discretion to determine the terms of awards under the 2011 Plan. Until the compensation committee is established, our board of directors will administer the 2011 Plan.

 

72


Table of Contents

Eligible Recipients

Any of our officers or other employees of us or our affiliates, or an individual that we or an affiliate has engaged to become an officer or employee, or a consultant or advisor who provides services to us or our affiliates, including a non-employee director of the board of directors, is eligible to receive awards under the 2011 Plan.

Grants

The 2011 Plan authorizes the grant to eligible recipients of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance grants intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, dividend equivalent awards, deferred stock awards, stock payment awards and stock appreciation rights.

Duration, Amendment, and Termination

Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2011 Plan without stockholder approval or ratification at any time or from time to time. No change may be made that increases the total number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to incentive awards, unless such change is authorized by our stockholders within one year.

Compensation of Directors

No compensation was paid to any of our directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

Effective February 2012, our board of directors adopted a non-employee director compensation program under the 2011 Plan. Under this program, each non-employee director will receive an option to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock under the 2011 Plan upon election or appointment to our board of directors. In addition, each non-employee director who is appointed to serve on a committee of our board of directors in a non-chair capacity will receive an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock under the 2011 Plan upon appointment and each non-employee director who is appointed to serve as the chair of a committee of our board of directors will receive an option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock upon appointment. Each option granted pursuant to our non-employee director compensation program will vest over a three-year period from the date of grant, with 1/3 of the shares underlying the option vesting on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and then 1/36 of the shares vesting monthly over the next two years. Each option granted pursuant to our non-employee director compensation program will have an exercise price per share of common stock equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. On February 13, 2012, pursuant to our non-employee director compensation program, Thomas R. Malley was granted an option to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock in connection with his appointment to our board of directors and an option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock in connection with his appointment as the Chairman of our Audit Committee. On April 27, 2012, pursuant to our non-employee director compensation program, Jay M. Moyes was granted an option to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock in connection with his appointment to our board of directors and an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock in connection with his appointment as a member of our Audit Committee.

Employment Agreements with Our Executive Officers

President and Chief Executive Officer—Alan H. Auerbach

On January 19, 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Alan H. Auerbach, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement governs the terms of Mr. Auerbach’s employment with us and expires on September 1, 2014, unless earlier terminated, with automatic one-year renewal terms unless

 

73


Table of Contents

either we or Mr. Auerbach gives written notice of termination 60 days prior to the end of the term. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Auerbach will continue to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer and will have powers and duties customary to those positions and that are assigned to him by our board of directors. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Auerbach will be nominated for election to our board of directors if the term of his directorship expires during the term of the employment agreement.

The employment agreement provides that Mr. Auerbach will receive an annual base salary of $470,000, retroactively effective to September 1, 2011, and will be eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus in an amount up to 50% of his base salary (pro-rated for any partial year service), each subject to possible increase in connection with our annual review process. Mr. Auerbach is also eligible under the employment agreement to participate in all benefits offered to our senior executives.

The employment agreement further provides that Mr. Auerbach will receive an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock, which will vest as to 1/3 of the shares underlying the option on January 19, 2013, and as to 1/36 of the shares underlying the option on each monthly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Auerbach’s continued employment through the vesting dates. We granted this option to Mr. Auerbach on February 13, 2012.

For a discussion of the payments and other benefits to which Mr. Auerbach is entitled in the event of certain qualifying terminations, including certain terminations in connection with a change in control of us, see “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” below.

Mr. Auerbach’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality and assignment of inventions provisions that survive the termination of the employment agreement for an indefinite period. The employment agreement also contains non-solicitation and non-disparagement provisions extending until 18 months following the termination of his employment with us.

Other Executive Officers—Charles R. Eyler, Richard Phillips, Ph.D. and Richard P. Bryce

We have entered into letter agreements with each of the named executive officers listed in the table below on the date set forth next to such officer’s name below. Such named executive officers are at-will employees. The table below also sets forth each officer’s initial base salary.

 

Name

   Offer Letter Date      Initial Base Salary  

Charles R. Eyler

     October 21, 2011       $ 265,000   

Richard Phillips, Ph.D.

     October 21, 2011       $ 268,000   

Richard P. Bryce

     May 2, 2012       $ 315,000   

Pursuant to the letter agreements, each of these named executive officers is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus in an amount up to a fixed percentage of his base salary, which is targeted to be 30% (but which may be higher or lower), subject to the attainment of performance criteria established and evaluated by us. Each of Mr. Eyler, Dr. Phillips and Dr. Bryce is also eligible to participate in all health, welfare, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs maintained or sponsored by us from time to time for the benefit of similarly situated employees. In addition, pursuant to these letter agreements, we agreed to grant each of Mr. Eyler and Dr. Phillips an option to purchase 90,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant, and agreed to grant Dr. Bryce an option to purchase 105,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant. The shares of common stock underlying the options will vest over a three-year period from the date of grant, with 1/3 of the shares of common stock underlying the option vesting on the one-year anniversary of the letter agreement’s effective date and then 1/36 of the shares of common stock underlying the option vesting monthly over the next two years.

 

74


Table of Contents

The letter agreements also contain a customary non-solicitation provision and, in connection with their entry into the offer letters, each of the named executive officers listed in the table above entered into our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement.

Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control

At December 31, 2011, we did not have any contracts, agreements, plans or arrangements, whether written or unwritten, that provided for payments to our named executive officers or any other persons following, or in connection with the resignation, retirement or other termination of a named executive officer, or a change in control of us or them or a change in a named executive officer’s responsibilities following a change in control.

Alan H. Auerbach . On January 19, 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Alan H. Auerbach, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to the employment agreement, in the event Mr. Auerbach’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by Mr. Auerbach for “good reason” (each as defined in the employment agreement and described below) 60 days prior to, or 18 months following, a change in control, he will be entitled to receive, in addition to any accrued but unpaid compensation and benefits:

 

   

a lump sum payment equal to two times the sum of his base salary and the maximum bonus to which he would be eligible to receive for the year in which the termination occurs;

 

   

all unvested equity-based incentive awards will immediately vest on the later of the change in control and the termination date, and will remain exercisable (as applicable) for a period of up to 12 months from the date of the termination; and

 

   

up to 18 months continuation of healthcare benefits to him and his dependents.

In the event of a change in control of us and an excise tax is imposed as a result of any payments made to Mr. Auerbach in connection with such change in control, we will pay or reimburse Mr. Auerbach an amount equal to such excise tax plus any taxes resulting from such payments.

In the event Mr. Auerbach’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by Mr. Auerbach for “good reason,” in each case outside of the change in control context described above, then Mr. Auerbach will be entitled to receive, in addition to any accrued but unpaid compensation and benefits: (i) an amount equal to the sum of his base salary and the maximum bonus to which he would be eligible to receive for the year in which the termination occurs, payable over a period of one year following such termination in substantially equal installments and (ii) up to 18 months continuation of healthcare benefits to him and his dependents. All severance benefits are contingent upon Mr. Auerbach’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of us.

Under the terms of Mr. Auerbach’s employment agreement:

 

   

“Cause” is generally defined as (i) the willful failure, disregard or refusal by the executive to perform his duties; (ii) any willful, intentional or grossly negligent act by the executive that injures in a material way our business or reputation; (iii) willful misconduct by the executive in respect of his duties or obligations; (iv) the executive’s commission of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude (including entry of a nolo contendere plea to any such charge); (v) the determination by us, after a reasonable and good-faith investigation following a written allegation by another employee of us that the executive engaged in some form of harassment prohibited by law, unless the executive’s actions were specifically directed by the board; (vi) any misappropriation or embezzlement of our property; (vii) breach by the executive of his obligations with respect to confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement or of any his representations or warranties under the employment agreement; and (viii) material breach by the executive of any other provision of the employment agreement which is not cured within a specified timeframe.

 

75


Table of Contents
   

“Good reason” is generally defined as: (i) a material diminution in the executive’s base salary, excluding any reduction applicable equally to all of our executive officers following a material decline in our earnings, public image, or performance; (ii) a material diminution in the executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (iii) a change in the geographic location at which the executive must perform services to a location that is greater than 25 miles from our principal place of business as of the date of the employment agreement; (iv) a direction to the executive to take any action that violates any applicable legal or regulatory requirement; or (v) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us of our obligations under the employment agreement.

 

   

A “change in control” is generally defined as: (a) the consummation of a transaction where any persons become the beneficial owners of Company securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our securities after such acquisition; (b) a change in the composition of the board such that during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who originally formed our board of directors, together with certain new directors, at the beginning of such period cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board; (c) us merging, consolidating, reorganizing or combining with another corporation or entity or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or an acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, where our stockholders prior to the transaction own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving corporation or entity; or (d) our stockholders approving a liquidation or dissolution of us.

Richard Phillips, Ph.D., Charles R. Eyler and Richard P. Bryce . None of our other named executive officers are entitled to any payments from us following, or in connection with such named executive officer’s resignation, retirement or other termination, or a change in control of us or a change in such named executive officer’s responsibilities following a change in control, except that, under the terms of the 2011 Plan, in the event of a change in control (as defined above), if the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute any equity award held by Dr. Phillips, Mr. Eyler or Dr. Bryce, such equity awards will immediately vest and, if applicable, become exercisable and be deemed exercised immediately prior to the change in control transaction.

 

76


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Capital Contributions

Former Puma received $61,983 additional cash capital contributions from Mr. Auerbach during the year ended December 31, 2011, and received $68,514 cash capital contributions from Mr. Auerbach from September 15, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2011. No additional shares of common stock were issued as a result of these capital contributions. On September 2, 2011, Mr. Auerbach advanced Former Puma $150,000 to fund its operations until such time as Former Puma could complete an equity placement. The advance was converted to an unsecured, non-interest bearing convertible note on September 9, 2011 that would mature in one year. On October 6, 2011, Mr. Auerbach converted the note, in accordance with its terms, into 40,000 shares of our common stock.

Officers

Alan H. Auerbach, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Former Puma prior to the Merger, and Mr. Eyler, our Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration and Treasurer, served as the Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer of Former Puma prior to the Merger.

Redemption of Common Stock

Pursuant to the Redemption Agreement, the shares of our common stock held by our former stockholders were repurchased by us for an aggregate purchase price of $40,000.

Warrant

Mr. Auerbach holds a warrant that will become exercisable for a ten-year term following the closing of this offering. This warrant will have an exercise price equal to the price paid per share in this offering and will be exercisable for the number of shares of our common stock as would be necessary for Mr. Auerbach to maintain, as calculated under the terms of the warrant, ownership of 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock after this offering. Assuming we sell 5,270,092 shares in this offering at $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, this warrant would entitle Mr. Auerbach to purchase 1,277,523 shares of our common stock at $16.50 per share.

Private Placement

On November 18, 2011, Mr. Malley, one of our directors, purchased 126,551 shares of our common stock in the Subsequent Financing at a price per share of $3.75. This was the same price per share paid by all of the other investors in the Subsequent Financing.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To our knowledge, there have been no events under any bankruptcy act, no criminal proceedings and no federal or state judicial or administrative orders, judgments or decrees or findings, no violations of any federal or state securities law, and no violations of any federal commodities law material to the evaluation of the ability and integrity of any our directors (existing or proposed) or executive officers (existing or proposed) during the past ten years.

 

77


Table of Contents

Compensation Arrangements, Stock Option Grants and Indemnification for Executive Officers and Directors

We have entered into an employment agreement that, among other things, provides for certain change in control benefits as well as severance benefits for our President and Chief Executive Officer. For a description of these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements with Our Executive Officers” and “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change of Control.”

We have entered into agreements with our named executive officers regarding cash bonuses. For a description of these bonuses, see “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements with Our Executive Officers.”

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and our directors. For a description of these equity awards, see “Executive Compensation—Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans,” “Executive Compensation—Compensation of Directors” and “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements with Executive Officers.”

We will have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers before the completion of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. See “Description of Capital Stock—Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Other than as described above under this section “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions,” since, we have not entered into any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions, between us and a related person where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms of the transactions described above were comparable to terms we could have obtained in arm’s length dealings with unrelated third parties.

 

78


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned as of September 30, 2012, by (i) each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (ii) each of our directors and executive officers and (iii) all officers and directors as a group. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each stockholder below is c/o Puma Biotechnology, Inc., 10880 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 2150, Los Angeles, California 90024.

 

          SHARES BENEFICIALLY
OWNED (1) (2)

NAME

   TITLE    NUMBER (#)    PERCENTAGE

Directors and Named Executive Officers

        

Alan H. Auerbach (3)

   President, Chief

Executive Officer

and Director

   4,040,000    20.16%

Charles R. Eyler (4)

   Senior Vice

President, Finance

and Administration
and Treasurer

   37,500    *

Richard Phillips, Ph.D (5)

   Senior Vice
President, Regulatory
Affairs and Quality
Assurance
   32,500    *

Richard Paul Bryce.

   Senior Vice
President, Clinical
Research and
Development
     

Thomas R. Malley (6)

   Director    158,218    *

Jay M. Moyes

   Director      

All current executive officers and directors as a group (6 individuals)

      4,268,218    21.22%

Stockholders Holding 5% or More

        

Adage Capital Partners L.P. (7)

      4,432,519    22.12%

Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P. (8)

      1,666,667    8.32%

Entities affiliated with Fidelity Management & Research Company (9)

      1,666,667    8.32%

Foresite Capital II-A, LLC (10)

      1,386,666    6.92%

Entities affiliated with Tekla Capital Management LLC (11)

      1,106,667    5.52%

The FEZ DE Dynasty Trust (12)

      1,066,666    5.32%

 

* Denotes less than 1.0% of beneficial ownership.
(1) This table is based upon information supplied by our officers, directors, principal stockholders and transfer agent, and information contained in Schedules 13D and 13G filed with the SEC. Unless otherwise noted in the footnotes to this table, we believe each of the stockholders named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Applicable percentages are based on 20,040,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2012, adjusted as required by the rules promulgated by the SEC.

 

79


Table of Contents
(2) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules, and includes any shares as to which the stockholder has sole or shared voting power or investment power, and also any shares which the stockholder has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date hereof, whether through the exercise or conversion of any stock option, convertible security, warrant or other right. The indication herein that shares are beneficially owned is not an admission on the part of the stockholder that he, she or it is a direct or indirect beneficial owner of those shares.
(3) Consists of 4,040,000 shares held of record by Mr. Auerbach and does not include any shares exercisable pursuant to an anti-dilutive warrant held by Mr. Auerbach that will become exercisable following the closing of this offering. Assuming we sell 5,270,092 shares in this offering at $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, this warrant would entitle Mr. Auerbach to purchase 1,277,523 shares of our common stock at $16.50 per share.
(4) Consists solely of stock options to purchase 37,500 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2012.
(5) Consists solely of stock options to purchase 32,500 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2012.
(6) Consists of 146,551 shares held of record by Mr. Malley and stock options to purchase 11,667 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2012.
(7)

Adage Capital Partners GP, LLC, or ACPGP, is the general partner of Adage Capital Partners L.P., or the Adage Fund. Adage Capital Advisors, LLC, or ACA, is the managing member of ACPGP. Each of Robert Atchinson and Phillip Gross is a managing member of ACA. The Adage Fund, ACPGP, ACA, Robert Atchinson and Phillip Gross each have shared voting power and shared dispositive power with respect to the shares. The address for the Adage Fund is 200 Clarendon Street, 52 nd Floor, Boston, MA 02116.

(8) Brookside Capital Investors, L.P. is the general partner of Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P., or the Brookside Fund, and as such has discretion over the portfolio securities beneficially owned by the Brookside Fund. Brookside Capital Management, LLC is the general partner of Brookside Capital Investors, L.P. Brookside Capital Management, LLC is controlled by an executive committee whose members include Dewey J. Awad, Domenic J. Ferrante, Matthew V. McPherron, William E. Pappendick IV and John M. Toussaint. The address for the Brookside Fund is John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116.
(9) Consists of 422,223 shares held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund, 555,556 shares held of record by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Health Care Portfolio, 522,668 shares held of record by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio, 32,887 shares held of record by Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund, and 133,333 shares held of record by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Pharmaceuticals Portfolio. Fidelity Management & Research Company, or Fidelity, a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR LLC and an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, acts as investment adviser for the beneficial owners set forth above, or the Funds. Edward C. Johnson 3d, the Chairman of FMR LLC, and his family members, directly or through trust, are parties to a shareholders’ agreement; and may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC and therefore to be persons with the indirect control of Fidelity. Fidelity has the ability to make decisions with respect to the voting and disposition of the shares set forth above subject to the oversight of the board of trustees (or similar entity) of each Fund. The board of trustees (or similar entity) of each Fund has enacted a policy with respect to the voting of any investment property owned thereby and the shares set forth above are voted for the Funds by Fidelity in accordance with such policies. Under the terms of its management contract with each Fund, Fidelity has overall responsibility for directing the investments of the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and limitations. Each Fund has one or more portfolio managers appointed by and serving at the pleasure of Fidelity who make the decisions with respect to the disposition of the Shares. The address for Fidelity is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02109.
(10)

Foresite Capital II-A Management, LLC is the sole managing member of Foresite Capital II-A, LLC, or Foresite. The sole manager of Foresite Capital II-A Management, LLC is James B. Tananbaum, and as such, James B. Tananbaum may be deemed to have sole voting and investment power of the securities held by

 

80


Table of Contents
  Foresite. James B. Tananbaum disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Foresite is c/o Foresite Capital Management, P.O. Box 405, Esparto, CA 95627.
(11)

Consists of 763,600 shares held of record by H&Q Healthcare Investors and 343,067 shares held of record by H&Q Life Sciences Investors. Tekla Capital Management LLC is the investment advisor to H&Q Healthcare Investors and H&Q Life Sciences Investors. Daniel R. Omstead, Ph.D., is President of Tekla Capital Management LLC and portfolio manager and, as such, has voting, dispositive and investment control over the securities held by H&Q Healthcare Investors and H&Q Life Sciences Investors. Dr. Omstead disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities. The address for the entities affiliated with Tekla Capital Management LLC is 2 Liberty Square, 9 th Floor, Boston, MA 02109.

(12) The trustee of The FEZ DE Dynasty Trust is J.P. Morgan Trust Co. of Delaware. Frank Zavrl has sole voting and investment control over the shares held by The FEZ DE Dynasty Trust. The address of J.P. Morgan Trust Co. of Delaware is 500 Stanton Christiana Road, Newark, DE 19713.

 

81


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock being registered herein is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are included as Exhibits 3.3 and 3.4, respectively, hereto.

General

We currently have authorized capital stock of 100,000,000 shares, which are designated as common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of June 30, 2012, we had 20,040,000 shares of common stock outstanding held of record by 129 stockholders. Since many stockholders hold shares in “street name,” we believe that the number of beneficial owners of shares of our common stock was significantly larger than the number of record holders. In addition, as of June 30, 2012, there were outstanding options to purchase 1,392,500 shares of common stock.

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters on which our stockholders vote. There are no cumulative voting rights. Subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if declared by our board of directors, out of funds that we may legally use to pay dividends. If we liquidate or dissolve, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in our assets once our debts and any liquidation preference owed to any then-outstanding preferred stockholders are paid. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide our common stock with any redemption, conversion or preemptive rights.

Warrants

Mr. Auerbach holds a warrant that will become exercisable for a ten-year term following the closing of this offering. This warrant will have an exercise price equal to the price paid per share in this offering and will be exercisable for the number of shares of our common stock as would be necessary for Mr. Auerbach to maintain, as calculated under the terms of the warrant, ownership of 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the closing of this offering. Assuming we sell 5,270,092 shares in this offering at $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, this warrant would entitle Mr. Auerbach to purchase 1,277,523 shares of our common stock at $16.50 per share.

In addition, 27 of our stockholders previously held warrants that provided them with anti-dilution protection in the event of certain stock issuances by us. These warrants expired unexercised, in accordance with their terms, following the quotation of our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement, as amended, between us and certain stockholders, we prepared and filed, at our expense, a registration statement with the SEC registering the resale of 16,000,000 shares of our common stock. This registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on February 14, 2012, and we are required to use our reasonable best efforts to keep this registration statement continuously effective until the earlier of the date on which all registrable shares cease to be registrable shares and the second anniversary of the date of effectiveness. We are generally required to pay all expenses incurred in connection with registration of the registrable shares.

Dividend Policy

In the past, we have not distributed earnings to stockholders. Any future decisions regarding dividends will be made by our board of directors. We currently intend to retain and use any future earnings for the development and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our board of directors has complete discretion on whether to pay dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board may deem relevant.

 

82


Table of Contents

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents. As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except that a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. These indemnification provisions may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

To the extent that indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of our company in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by any of our directors, officers or controlling persons in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of that issue.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This statute regulating corporate takeovers prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and (b) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is any person who, together with such person’s affiliates and associates (i) owns 15% or more of a corporation’s voting securities or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of a corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the corporation’s voting securities at any time

 

83


Table of Contents

within the three-year period immediately preceding a business combination of the corporation governed by Section 203. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price, once a market exists, for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is Wells Fargo Shareowner Services, 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101, Mendota Heights, Minnesota 55120, and its telephone number is (800) 468-9716.

Book Entry; Uncertificated Shares

The common stock sold in this offering will be issued in book-entry form through the direct registration system. Under this system, unless a common stockholder requests a physical stock certificate, ownership of our common stock is reflected in account statements periodically distributed to our common stockholders by our transfer agent, who will hold the book-entry shares on behalf of our common stockholders. However, any holder of our common stock who wishes to receive a physical stock certificate evidencing his, her or its shares of our common stock may at any time obtain a stock certificate at no charge by contacting our transfer agent.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

Our shares currently trade on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB under the symbol “PBYI.” In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBYI.”

 

84


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Our common stock is listed on the OTC Bulletin Board and OTCQB, and we have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange in connection with this offering. Future sales of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, certain of the shares of our common stock will not be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after consummation of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Future sales of our common stock in the public market either before (to the extent permitted) or after restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sale of Restricted Shares

As of June 30, 2012, we had outstanding 20,040,000 shares of common stock. Of these shares, 16,000,000 have previously been registered with the SEC and the remaining 4,040,000 shares are restricted securities.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2012, upon the closing of this offering and assuming (1) the sale of 5,270,092 shares of our common stock in this offering, (2) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments and (3) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 25,310,092 shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and 16,000,000 shares of our common stock will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules are summarized below.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and our executive officers have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of the lock-up agreement continuing through the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Leerink Swann LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock, or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

85


Table of Contents

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for resale of securities issued by any shell companies (other than business combination-related shell companies) or any issuer that has been at any time previously a shell company. The SEC has provided an exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met:

 

   

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

 

   

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

   

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and materials required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

 

   

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

Rule 144 became available to our stockholders on October 12, 2012. Our stockholders also may currently resell their shares of our common stock pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act or pursuant to another exemption from registration.

In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliates) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose common stock is required to be aggregated), who is an affiliate, and who has beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 267,823 shares immediately after consummation of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such a sale, subject to restrictions.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with an issuer.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan

 

86


Table of Contents

or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock-up agreement) is entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, under Rule 701 persons who are not our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our “affiliates” may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144’s minimum holding period requirements (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

Stock Options

As of June 30, 2012, options to purchase a total of 1,392,500 shares of common stock were outstanding. All of the shares subject to options are subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters. An additional 2,136,912 shares of common stock are available for future option grants under our incentive award plan and we have filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or issuable pursuant to our incentive award plan. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement are available for sale in the open market following the effective date, subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described above.

Warrant

Mr. Auerbach holds a warrant that will become exercisable for a ten-year term following the closing of this offering. This warrant will have an exercise price equal to the price paid per share in this offering and will be exercisable for the number of shares of our common stock as would be necessary for Mr. Auerbach to maintain, as calculated under the terms of the warrant, ownership of 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock after this offering. If this warrant is exercised following this offering, it would result in the issuance of an aggregate of 1,277,523 shares of common stock, assuming the sale of 5,270,092 shares of our common stock in this offering at $16.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any shares acquired upon the exercise of this warrant may be sold in the public market, subject to Rule 144 restrictions and the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

87


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a non-U.S. holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of unearned income Medicare contribution tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to particular rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

   

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships, or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans.

If a partnership (or other entity taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, upon the activities

 

88


Table of Contents

of the partnership, and upon certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner that is not any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons, or (2) has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to continue to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, such distributions of cash or property on our common stock (other than distributions in redemption of our common stock described in Section 302(b) of the Code) will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below in the section relating to the sale or disposition of our common stock.

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Non-U.S. holders may be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding on dividends as a result of either (a) an applicable income tax treaty or (b) the non-U.S. holder holding our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and dividends being paid in connection with that trade or business within the United States. To claim such a reduction or exemption from withholding, the non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed (a) IRS Form W-8BEN claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax under the benefit of an income

 

89


Table of Contents

tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, or (b) IRS Form W-8ECI stating that the dividends are not subject to withholding tax because they are effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States, as may be applicable. These certifications must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced income tax treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, if dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), then, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification, as described above), the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, the non-U.S. holder may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, subject to certain limitations.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our other business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, however, there can be no assurance we are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our

 

90


Table of Contents

common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if such class of stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such non-U.S. holder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for such stock.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Subject to the discussion below on foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to payments of dividends on our common stock we make to the non-U.S. holder, provided we (or another applicable withholding agent) do not have actual knowledge or reason to know such holder is a “United States person,” within the meaning of the Code, and the holder certifies its non-U.S. status under penalty of perjury, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or other applicable certification. However, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such holder, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Information reporting and backup withholding may apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States, and information reporting may (although backup withholding generally will not) apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock outside the United States conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, in each case, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder on IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person) or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as defined in the Code) and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as defined in the Code), unless (a) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (b) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (c) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (a) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities (as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders.

 

91


Table of Contents

Although the withholding rules described above currently apply to applicable payments made after December 31, 2012, proposed Treasury Regulations provide such rules will apply to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after January 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2015.

However, the proposed Treasury Regulations described above will not be effective until they are issued in their final form and, as a result, it is not certain that the provisions under the proposed Treasury Regulations will become effective in their current form. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding these withholding provisions.

 

92


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Leerink Swann LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter    Number of
Shares
 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

  

Leerink Swann LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     5,270,092   
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

    

Per Share

    

Without Option

    

With Option

 

Public offering price

   $         $         $     

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $623,260 and are payable by us.

 

93


Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 790,514 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 90 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Leerink Swann LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock, or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

The shares are quoted for trading on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB Market under the symbol “PBYI.” We have applied to list our shares on the New York Stock Exchange and expect that, after the pricing of this offering, our shares will trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBYI.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Price Stabilization and Short Positions

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

 

94


Table of Contents

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

Leerink Swann LLC, or Leerink, acted as our placement agent in our October 2011 private placement, in which we raised gross proceeds of approximately $55.0 million and paid Leerink placement agent fees in the amount of $2,338,215 and reimbursed Leerink expenses of $75,000 and in our November 2011 private placement, in which we raised gross proceeds of approximately $5.0 million and paid Leerink placement agent fees in the amount of $84,000. In the October 2011 and November 2011 private placements, persons related to Leerink acquired a pecuniary interest in an aggregate of 141,604 shares of our common stock through direct purchases or purchases by related entities on the same terms as other investors.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

95


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

B. to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (a) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (b) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the

 

96


Table of Contents

Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

97


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

Federal securities law requires us to file information with the SEC concerning our business and operations. Accordingly, we file annual, quarterly, and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can inspect and copy this information at the Public Reference Facility maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You can receive additional information about the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Facilities by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding companies that, like us, file information electronically with the SEC.

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

Legal matters in connection with the validity of the shares offered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Latham & Watkins LLP, Costa Mesa, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Puma at December 31, 2011 and 2010, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by PKF Certified Public Accountants, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report, given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

98


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-3   

Statements of Operations For the Years Ended December  31, 2011 and 2010 and the Period from September 15, 2010 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2011

     F-4   

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity For the Period from September 15, 2010 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2011

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows For the Years Ended December  31, 2011 and 2010 and the Period from September 15, 2010 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2011

     F-6   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7   

Unaudited Financial Statements

  

Condensed Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     F-19   

Condensed Statements of Operations for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 and the Period from September 15, 2010 (Date of Inception) through June 30, 2012

     F-20   

Condensed Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Period from September 15, 2010 (Date of Inception) through June 30, 2012

     F-21   

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 and the Period from September 15, 2010 (Date of Inception) to June 30, 2012

     F-22   

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

     F-23   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Puma Biotechnology, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Puma Biotechnology, Inc. (A Development Stage Company) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011, for the period September 15, 2010 (date of inception) through December 31, 2010, and for the period September 15, 2010 (date of inception) through December 31, 2011. Puma Biotechnology, Inc.’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal controls over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal controls over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstance, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Puma Biotechnology, Inc. (A Development Stage Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011, for the period September 15, 2010 (date of inception) through December 31, 2010, and for the period September 15, 2010 (date of inception) through December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

   /s/ PKF
  
San Diego, California    PKF
March 29, 2012   

Certified Public Accountants

A Professional Corporation

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 53,381,734      $ —     

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     281,096        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     53,662,830        —     

Property and equipment, net

     682,053        —     

Restricted cash

     1,053,284        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 55,398,167      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 86,669      $ —     

Accrued expenses

     499,542        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     586,211        —     

Deferred rent

     439,421        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,025,632        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock—$.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 20,040,000 and 4,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

     2,004        400   

Additional paid-in capital

     64,610,340        6,531   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (10,239,809     (6,931
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     54,372,535        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 55,398,167      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2011
    Period from
September 15, 2010
(date of inception) to
 
       December 31, 2010     December 31, 2011  

Operating expenses:

      

General and administrative

   $ 9,319,587      $ 6,931      $ 9,326,518   

Research and development

     826,372        —          826,372   

Depreciation and amortization

     10,702        —          10,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

     10,156,661        6,931        10,163,592   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (10,156,661     (6,931     (10,163,592
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expenses):

      

Interest income

     3,783        —          3,783   

Other income (expense)

     (80,000     —          (80,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

     (76,217     —          (76,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,232,878   $ (6,931   $ (10,239,809
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stock

   $ (10,232,878   $ (6,931   $ (10,239,809
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share—basic and diluted

   $ (1.321   $ (0.002  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     7,746,529        4,000,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 15, 2010 (DATE OF INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in

Capital
     Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development

Stage
    Total  
   Shares      Amount          

Balances, beginning

     —         $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —     

Common stock issued for cash at $.0001 per share

     4,000,000         400         —           —          400   

Paid-in capital

     —           —           6,531         —          6,531   

Net loss

     —           —           —           (6,931     (6,931
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     4,000,000         400         6,531         (6,931     —     

Paid-in capital

     —           —           61,983         —          61,983   

Issuance of shares of common stock through private placements at $3.75 per share, net of issuance costs

     16,000,000         1,600         56,739,208         —          56,740,808   

Conversion of stockholder notes payable to equity

     40,000         4         149,996         —          150,000   

Stock option compensation

     —           —           67,022         —          67,022   

Anti-dilutive warrant

     —           —           7,585,600         —          7,585,600   

Net loss

     —           —           —           (10,232,878     (10,232,878
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     20,040,000       $ 2,004       $ 64,610,340       $ (10,239,809   $ 54,372,535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2011
    Period from
September 15, 2010
(date of inception) to
December 31,
 
       2010     2011  

Operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (10,232,878   $ (6,931   $ (10,239,809

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     10,702        —          10,702   

Build out allowance received from landlord

     439,421        —          439,421   

Stock option expense

     67,022        —          67,022   

Anti-dilutive warrant

     7,585,600        —          7,585,600   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (281,096     —          (281,096

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     586,211        —          586,211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,825,018     (6,931     (1,831,949
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (253,334     —          (253,334

Expenditures for leasehold improvements

     (439,421     —          (439,421

Restricted cash

     (1,053,284     —          (1,053,284
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,746,039     —          (1,746,039
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of stockholder convertible note payable

     150,000        —          150,000   

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

     56,740,808        400        56,741,208   

Capital contributions by stockholder

     61,983        6,531        68,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     56,952,791        6,931        56,959,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     53,381,734        —          53,381,734   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 53,381,734      $ —        $ 53,381,734   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Conversion of stockholders’ note payable to common stock

   $ 150,000      $ —        $ 150,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Business and Basis of Presentation:

Business:

Puma Biotechnology, Inc. is a development stage biopharmaceutical company based in Los Angeles, California. References in these Notes to Financial Statements to the “Company” refer to Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a private Delaware company formed on September 15, 2010, for periods prior to the Merger (as defined below), and Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a Delaware company formed on April 27, 2007 and formerly known as Innovative Acquisitions Corp., for periods following the Merger. The Company’s strategy is to license and develop novel therapeutics for the treatment of cancer that have previously been tested in clinical trials, enabling it to obtain an initial indication of the drug’s safety and biological activity in humans before committing capital to the drug’s development.

Basis of Presentation:

The Company is a development stage enterprise since it has not yet generated any revenue from the sale of products and, through December 31, 2011, its efforts have been principally devoted to identifying and acquiring, by license or otherwise, drug candidates for the treatment of cancer. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 915, Development Stage Entities . The Company has reported a net loss of $10,232,878 and negative cash flows from operating activities of $1,825,018 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The net loss from the date of inception, September 15, 2010, to December 31, 2011, amounted to $10,239,809. Management believes that the Company will continue to incur net losses and negative net cash flows from operating activities through the drug development process.

The Company’s continued operations will depend on its ability to raise funds through various potential sources such as equity and debt financing. Through December 31, 2011, the Company’s financing has been through private equity placements and capital contributions by the Company’s founder and CEO. The Company will continue to fund operations through similar sources of capital previously described. The Company can give no assurances that any additional capital that it is able to obtain will be sufficient to meet its needs. Given the current and desired pace of clinical development of its three product candidates, management estimates that the Company has sufficient cash on hand to fund clinical development through 2012 and into 2013. However, the Company may choose to raise additional capital before 2013 in order to fund its future development activities, likely by selling shares of common stock. If it is unable to raise additional capital, the Company will likely be forced to curtail desired development activities, which will delay the development of its product candidates. There can be no assurance that such capital will be available on favorable terms or at all. The Company will need additional financing thereafter until it can achieve profitability, if ever.

Note 2—Merger with Public Company:

On September 29, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “Merger Agreement”), with Innovative Acquisitions Corp. (“IAC”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, IAC Merger Corporation (“Merger Sub”). On October 4, 2011, the Company completed a reverse merger in which Merger Sub merged with and into the Company and the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of IAC (the “Merger”).

At the effective time of the Merger, the Company’s then issued and outstanding 18,666,733 shares of common stock were exchanged for 18,666,733 shares of common stock of IAC. At the effective time of the

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Merger, each share of the Company common stock that was outstanding immediately prior to the effective time was cancelled, with one share of the Company common stock issued to IAC. Concurrently, IAC redeemed all of its shares from its pre-Merger stockholders in exchange for an aggregate consideration of $40,000 paid by the Company. The Company paid $40,000 for IAC’s professional fees associated with the Merger, directly to the service providers. Following the Merger and the redemption, the Company’s prior stockholders owned the same percentage of IAC’s common stock as they held of the Company’s common stock prior to the Merger.

Upon completion of the Merger, the Company merged with and into IAC, and IAC adopted the Company’s business plan and changed its name to “Puma Biotechnology, Inc.” Further, upon completion of the Merger, the existing officers and directors of IAC resigned and the existing officers and directors of the Company were appointed officers and directors of IAC.

The Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition with the Company as the accounting acquirer and IAC as the accounting acquiree. The merger of a private operating company into a non-operating public shell corporation with nominal net assets is considered to be a capital transaction, in substance, rather than a business combination, for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the Company treated this transaction as a capital transaction without recording goodwill or adjusting any of its other assets or liabilities. The consideration in the amount of $80,000 paid to the former stockholders of IAC and their attorney was recorded as an other expense item and included in the Company’s net loss for the year ending December 31, 2011.

As a condition to the Merger, the Company entered into an Indemnity Agreement dated September 29, 2011, with former officers and directors of IAC, pursuant to which IAC agreed to indemnify such former officers and directors for actions taken by such officers and directors in their official capacities relating to the consideration, approval and consummation of the Merger.

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies:

The significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of these financial statements are as follows:

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of expenses for the period presented. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include the valuation of the warrant issued to the CEO (Note 7). The value of the warrant includes estimates based on future events which are difficult to predict. It is at least reasonably possible that a change in the estimates used to value the warrant will occur in the near term.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Investment Securities:

The Company classifies all investment securities (short-term and long-term) as available-for-sale, as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity to implement management’s strategies. These securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, if material, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities, if any, are determined on a specific identification basis. A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale security below cost that is determined to be other than temporary results in a

 

F-8


Table of Contents

revaluation of its carrying amount to fair value. The impairment is charged to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the straight-line method. Interest income is recognized when earned.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”) provides a single definition of fair value and a common framework for measuring fair value as well as new disclosure requirements for fair value measurements used in financial statements. Under ASC 820, fair value is determined based upon the exit price that would be received by a company to sell an asset or paid a company to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants, exclusive of any transaction costs. Fair value measurements are determined by either the principal market or the most advantageous market. The principal market is the market with the greatest level of activity and volume for the asset or liability. Absent a principal market to measure fair value, the Company uses the most advantageous market, which is the market from which the Company would receive the highest selling price for the asset or pay the lowest price to settle the liability, after considering transaction costs. However, when using the most advantageous market, transactions costs are only considered to determine which market is the most advantageous and these costs are then excluded when applying a fair value measurement. ASC 820 creates a three-level hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values. The basis for fair value measurements for each level within the hierarchy is described below, with Level 1 having the highest priority and Level 3 having the lowest.

 

Level 1:   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:   Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets.
Level 3:   Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

Following are the major categories of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011, using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1); significant other observable inputs (Level 2); and significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash equivalents

   $ 53,003,450       $     —         $     —         $ 53,003,450   

The Company’s investments in short-term and long-term investment securities are exposed to price fluctuations. The fair value measurements for short-term and long-term investment securities are based upon the quoted price in active markets multiplied by the number of securities owned, exclusive of any transaction costs and without any adjustments to reflect discounts that may be applied to selling a large block of securities at one time.

Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over estimated useful lives ranging from three to five years using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the term of the lease by use of the straight-line method. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to operations as incurred.

The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets, primarily property and equipment, whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully recoverable. When such events occur, management determines whether there has been an impairment, by comparing the asset’s carrying value with its fair value, as measured by the anticipated undiscounted net cash

 

F-9


Table of Contents

flows of the asset. Should impairment exist, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses through December 31, 2011.

Research and Development Expenses:

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. Research and development expenses include costs associated with services provided by consultants who conduct research on behalf of the Company, contract organizations for manufacturing of clinical materials and clinical trials. In the case of clinical trials, a portion of the estimated cost normally relates to the projected cost to treat a patient in the trials, and this cost is recognized over the estimated term of the study based on the number of patients enrolled in the trial on an ongoing basis, beginning with patient enrollment. The Company determines the total cost of a given study based on the terms of the related contract. The Company accrues for costs incurred as services are being provided by monitoring the status of the trial and the invoices received from its external service providers. As actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its accruals in that period. Costs related to the acquisition of technology rights and patents for which development work is still in process are charged to operations as incurred and considered a component of research and development costs.

Concentration of Risk:

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, principally consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation insured limit at December 31, 2011 were approximately $54,178,000 due to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk.

Stock-Based Compensation:

Stock option awards:

ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), requires the fair value of all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, to be recognized in the statement of operations over the requisite service period. Under ASC 718, employee option grants are generally valued at the grant date and those valuations do not change once they have been established. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. As allowed by ASC 718 for companies with a short period of publicly traded stock history, the Company’s estimate of expected volatility is based on the average expected volatilities of a sampling of five companies with similar attributes to the Company, including industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant valuation. ASC 718 does not allow companies to account for option forfeitures as they occur; instead, estimated option forfeitures must be calculated when the option is granted to reduce the option expense to be recognized over the life of the award and updated upon receipt of further information as to the amount of options expected to be forfeited. Due to its limited history, the Company uses the simplified method to determine the expected life of the option grants.

Warrants:

Warrants granted to employees are normally valued at the fair value of the instrument on the date of the grant (grant date) and are recognized in the statement of operations over the requisite service period. When the requisite service period precedes the grant date and a market condition exists in the warrant, the Company values the warrant using the Monte Carlo Simulation Method. As allowed by ASC 718 for companies with a short period of publicly traded stock history, the Company’s estimate of expected volatility is based on the average volatilities of a sampling of nine companies with similar attributes to the Company, including industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the warrant is

 

F-10


Table of Contents

based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant valuation. In determining the value, the Company factors in the probability of the market condition occurring and several possible scenarios. When the requisite service period precedes the grant date and is deemed to be complete, the Company records the fair market value of the warrant at the time of issuance as stock based compensation as an equity transaction. The warrant is then revalued each reporting period up to the grant date when the final fair value of the warrant is established and recorded.

Income Taxes:

The Company follows ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) , which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent management concludes it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

The standard addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under ASC 740, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. ASC 740 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures. At the date of adoption, and as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company does not have a liability for unrecognized tax uncertainties.

The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

Net Loss per Common Share:

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented as required by ASC 260, Earnings Per Share . Diluted earnings per common share have not been presented because the assumed exercise of the Company’s outstanding options would have been anti-dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities excluded from the calculations amounted to 670,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options.

Deferred Rent:

The Company has entered into an operating lease agreement for its corporate offices that contain provisions for future rent increases, a leasehold improvement allowance and rent abatement. The Company records monthly rent expense equal to the total of the payments due over the lease term, divided by the number of months of the lease term. The difference between the rent expense recorded and the amount paid is credited or charged to deferred rent, which is reflected as a separate line item in the accompanying balance sheets. Additionally, the Company recorded as deferred rent the cost of the leasehold improvements to the office paid by the landlord which is amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Reclassifications:

Certain amounts for 2010 have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements:

The Company has adopted all recently issued accounting pronouncements. The adoption of the accounting pronouncements is not anticipated to have a material effect on the operations of the Company.

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which clarifies some existing concepts and expands the disclosures for fair value measurements that are estimated using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs. ASU 2011-04 will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012, and the Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-04 to have a material effect on its financial condition, profitability, and cash flows.

In June 2011, FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements and eliminates that option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which deferred the guidance on whether to require entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in both the statement where net income is presented and the statement where other comprehensive income is presented for both interim and annual financial statements. ASU 2011-12 reinstated the requirements for the presentation of reclassifications that were in place prior to the issuance of ASU 2011-05 and did not change the effective date for ASU 2011-05. ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012, and the Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 to have a material effect on its financial condition.

Note 4—Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following:

 

     2011     2010  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 439,421      $     —     

Computer equipment

     216,117        —     

Telephone equipment

     33,854        —     

Furniture and fixtures

     3,363        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     692,755        —     

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (10,702     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 682,053      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 5—Accrued Expenses:

Accrued expenses at December 31 consisted of the following:

 

     2011      2010  

Accrued legal fees

   $ 149,055       $     —     

Accrued compensation

     308,936         —     

Other

     41,551         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 499,542       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Note 6—Private Placement and Other Offering:

On October 4, 2011, the Company completed a private placement pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain institutional and accredited investors. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company sold 14,666,733 shares of common stock at $3.75 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $55 million. The Company also issued a warrant to each investor that provided such investor with anti-dilution protection. The warrants are exercisable only if the Company sells securities at a price below $3.75 per share on or prior to the date on which shares of Company common stock are first quoted in an over-the-counter market or listed for quotation on a national securities exchange or trading system. If shares are issued below $3.75 per share, the warrants will become effective and have a ten-year term and an exercise price of $0.01 per share (see Note 7).

In connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into an agreement with Leerink Swann LLC (“Leerink”) whereby Leerink agreed to act as placement agent in connection with the placement of the common shares. In consideration for Leerink’s services, the Company agreed to pay Leerink aggregate cash commissions equal to 6% of the gross cash proceeds from the equity placement not to exceed $3.6 million. The Company also agreed to pay Leerink up to $75,000 as a non-accountable reimbursement allowance. The Company paid Leerink $2,338,215 for services and $75,000 for reimbursable expenses for the private placement transaction. In addition, the Company agreed to reimburse an investor in the private placement for all of the reasonable fees and expenses associated with this agreement subject to a maximum aggregate amount of $125,000.

On November 18, 2011, the Company entered into subscription agreements with 139 accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company sold 1,333,267 shares of common stock at a price per share of $3.75 for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $5 million. In connection with the subscription agreements, the Company entered into an agreement with Leerink and National Securities Corporation, whereby Leerink agreed to act as lead placement agent and National Securities Corporation agreed to act as co-placement agent and received commissions of $84,000 and $150,000, respectively. In addition to the costs noted above, the Company incurred legal fees and other costs totaling approximately $487,000 associated with the equity raises.

Note 7—Stockholder’s Equity:

Common Stock:

The Company issued 4,000,000 shares of common stock to its founder and CEO in September 2010 for $400 at $0.0001 per share. Additionally, the CEO contributed capital totaling $61,983 and $68,514 during the year ended December 31, 2011 and from inception to December 31, 2011, respectively.

In connection with the October 2011 private placement, the Company issued 14,666,733 shares of common stock at $3.75 per share. Additionally, in October 2011, 40,000 shares of common stock were issued through debt conversion at $3.75 per share or $150,000 (see Note 8).

In connection with the November 2011 private placement, the Company issued 1,333,267 shares of common stock at $3.75 per share.

Authorized Shares:

At inception, the Company had 1,200,000 shares of stock authorized for issuance, all of which was common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. On September 15, 2011, the total number of shares of common stock the Company was authorized to issue was increased to 25,000,000. Immediately following the increase in authorized shares, the Company executed a four-to-one forward stock split. The share amounts, including earnings per share, stated in the Company’s financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the four-to-one stock split.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Following the Merger, the Company had 110,000,000 shares of stock authorized for issuance, of which 100,000,000 were common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 were preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. On October 4, 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company and the stockholders owning 100% of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock approved an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended Certificate”), which eliminated the Company’s entire authorized class of preferred stock and reduced the total number of shares of capital stock that the Company may issue from 110,000,000 shares to 100,000,000 shares, all of which are designated as common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The Amended Certificate became effective on November 14, 2011, upon the filing of the Amended Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Warrants:

In connection with the October 2011 Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company issued anti-dilutive warrants to 27 investors (see Note 6). The fair value of warrants is estimated at the date of issuance using the Monte Carlo Simulation method. As the Company has no trading history, the Company calculated the expected volatility based on the historical volatilities of nine companies with similar attributes to the Company including industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The risk-free rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve covering the term of the warrants.

The fair value of the warrants issued was determined using the Monte Carlo Simulation method with the following assumptions:

 

     2011  

Dividend yield

     0

Expected volatility

     84.4

Risk-free interest rate

     1.81

Common stock price on date of issuance

     $3.75   

Exercise price

     $0.01   

Warrant term in years

             10   

Using the above assumptions, the portion of the private placement proceeds attributed to the fair value of the warrants was determined to be $1,758,338 and is recorded within additional paid-in capital.

Following the October 2011 private placement, Mr. Auerbach, the Company’s founder, CEO and President held approximately 21% of the 18,666,733 outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock. Pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company issued an anti-dilutive warrant to Mr. Auerbach, as the Company’s founder. The warrant was issued to provide Mr. Auerbach, as the founder of the Company, with the right to maintain ownership of at least 20% of the common stock of Puma in the event that the Company raises capital in the future through the sale of its securities.

The warrant has a ten-year term and is exercisable only in the event of the first subsequent financing, excluding certain types of financings set forth in the warrant, that results in gross cash proceeds to the Company of at least $15 million. The warrant has an exercise price equal to the price paid per share in such financing and is exercisable for the number of shares of the Company’s common stock necessary for Mr. Auerbach to maintain ownership of at least 20% of the outstanding shares of Company common stock after such financing. Upon the occurrence of the first subsequent financing of at least $15 million taking place, the warrant may be exercised any time up to the ten–year expiration date of October 4, 2021. The grant date of the warrant will occur on the date of the subsequent financing when the aggregate number of shares exercisable and the price per share will be determined.

The Company determined that the warrant has an implied service requisite period that is prior to its grant date. The Company also determined that a market condition subsequent to the implied service period exists

 

F-14


Table of Contents

as the exercise or partial exercise of the warrant can only occur if there is a subsequent financing. The Company has recorded the fair market value as determined by the following assumptions using the Monte Carlo Simulation method, as stock-based compensation in its statement of operations:

 

    

2011

Dividend yield

   0%

Expected volatility

   84.4%-85.1%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.81%-1.89%

Warrant term in years

   10   

The fair value was estimated based on projected equity raises ranging from $15 million to $100 million in 2013 using weighted probability factors. The warrant was valued at the time of issuance at approximately $6,900,000 and revalued at December 31, 2011, in accordance with ASC 718. The fair market value of the warrant as of December 31, 2011, using the above assumptions, was approximately $7,600,000 and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying statement of operations. The Company will revalue the warrant each reporting period until such time as the grant date of the warrant is determined.

Stock-Based Compensation:

The Company’s 2011 Incentive Award Plan (the “2011 Plan”) was adopted by the Board of Directors on September 15, 2011. Pursuant to the 2011 Plan, the Company may grant incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options, as well as other forms of equity-based compensation. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees, while consultants, employees, officers and directors are eligible for the grant of nonqualified options under the 2011 Plan. The maximum term of stock options granted under the 2011 Plan is 10 years. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the 2011 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant. Through December 31, 2011, a total of 3,529,412 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

In February 2012, the Company granted, in aggregate, 670,000 stock options to employees hired prior to December 31, 2011. The vesting period for the option grants commenced on each employees’ date of hire. The Company awarded only “plain vanilla options” as determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin 107, “ Share Based Payment .”

The fair value of options granted to employees was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (see Note 3); with the following weighted-average assumptions used during the year ended December 31:

 

     2011  

Dividend yield

     0.0

Expected volatility

     86.0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.1

Expected life in years

     5.81   

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized expense (fair value of the stock option grants) of $67,022 of which $29,498 was recorded as general and administrative expense and $37,524 was recorded as research and development expense.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Activity with respect to options granted under the 2011 Plan is summarized as follows:

 

     Shares      Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     —         $ —           —         $     —     

Granted in the period ended December 31, 2011

     670,000         3.75         10.0         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     670,000       $ 3.75         10.0       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2011

     670,000       $ 3.75         10.0       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

     —         $ —           —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, total estimated unrecognized employee compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted prior to that date was $1,471,433, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years. The weighted average grant date fair values of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $2.66 per share.

Note 8—Stockholder Note Payable:

On September 2, 2011, the Company’s CEO and sole stockholder at the time advanced the Company $150,000 to fund its operations until such time as the Company could complete an equity placement. The advance was unsecured, non-interest bearing and due on demand. On September 9, 2011, the advance was converted to an unsecured convertible promissory note. The note was a non-interest bearing note that could be converted into the Company’s common stock at the option of the stockholder. The note was due and payable upon demand of the stockholder on or after the one-year anniversary of the date, if not converted prior to the maturity date. The Company’s CEO converted the note into 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock on October 6, 2011 at a price of $3.75 per share.

Note 9—Income Taxes:

Temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes (net operating loss carry-forwards) give rise to the Company’s deferred income taxes. The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     Federal     State     Total  

Deferred tax assets—2011:

      

Net operating loss carry forwards

   $ 681,100      $ 103,200      $ 784,300   

Organization costs

     230,000        39,500        269,500   

Compensation

     2,631,000        451,400        3,082,400   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,542,100        594,100        4,136,200   

Deferred tax liabilities—depreciation

     (84,100     (800     (84,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     3,458,000        593,300        4,051,300   

Valuation allowance

     (3,458,000     (593,300     (4,051,300
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents
     Federal     State     Total  

Deferred tax assets—2010:

      

Organization costs

   $ 2,400      $ 400      $ 2,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     2,400        400        2,800   

Valuation allowance

     (2,400     (400     (2,800
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As the ultimate realization of the potential benefits of the Company’s deferred tax assets is considered unlikely by management, the Company has offset the deferred tax assets attributable to those potential benefits through valuation allowances. Accordingly, the Company did not recognize any benefit from income taxes in the accompanying financial statements of operations to offset its pre-tax losses. The valuation allowance increased $4,045,700 in 2011 and $2,800 in 2010. At December 31, 2011, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $2,000,000 and $1,700,000 which will expire in 2031 and 2021, respectively. Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code, Sections 382 and 383, use of the Company’s net operating loss and credit carry forward could be limited if a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period.

The provision (credit) for income taxes in the accompanying statements of operations differs from the amount calculated by applying the statutory income tax rate to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes. The primary components of such differences are as follows as of December 31:

 

     2011     2010  

Tax computed at the federal statutory rate

   $ (3,479,000   $ (2,400

State taxes

     (593,800     (400

Permanent items

     24,300        —     

Change in valuation allowance

     4,048,500        2,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 10—Commitments and Contingencies:

Leases:

On February 4, 2011, the Company executed a lease agreement effective March 1, 2011 for new office space that requires monthly payments of $1,657 and expires on April 30, 2012.

On December 7, 2011, the Company, entered into a non-cancelable operating lease for office space. The initial term of the lease is for seven years and commenced on December 10, 2011. The base rent is approximately $44,400 per month during the first year and will increase each year during the initial term, up to approximately $53,000 per month during the seventh year. The lease has an expiration date of December 9, 2018. In addition, the Company has an option to extend the lease for an additional five-year term. The lease is subject to additional charges for common area maintenance and other costs. Concurrent with the execution of the lease, the Company provided the landlord an automatically renewable stand-by letter of credit in the amount of $1,000,000. The stand-by letter of credit is collateralized by a high-yield savings account in the amount of approximately $1,053,000, which is classified as restricted cash on the accompanying balance sheets. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $41,125 and $0, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Future minimum lease payments for each of the years subsequent to December 31, 2011 are as follow:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2012

   $ 273,033   

2013

     548,795   

2014

     565,258   

2015

     582,216   

2016

     599,683   

Thereafter

     1,253,877   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,822,862   
  

 

 

 

License Agreement:

In August 2011, the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which Pfizer, Inc., or Pfizer, agreed to grant it a worldwide license for the development, manufacture and commercialization of neratinib (oral), neratinib (intravenous) and PB357, and certain related compounds. The license is exclusive with respect to certain patent rights owned by or licensed to Pfizer. Under the agreement, the Company is obligated to commence a new clinical trial for a product containing one of these compounds within a specified period of time and to use commercially reasonable efforts to complete clinical trials and to achieve certain milestones as provided in a development plan. From the closing date of the agreement through December 31, 2011, Pfizer continued to conduct the existing clinical trials on behalf of the Company at Pfizer’s sole expense. At the Company’s request, Pfizer has agreed to continue to perform certain services in support of the existing clinical trials, at the Company’s expense for the first quarter of 2012.

As consideration for the license, the Company is required to make substantial payments upon the achievement of certain milestones totaling approximately $187.5 million if all such milestones are achieved. Should the Company commercialize any of the compounds licensed from Pfizer or any products containing any of these compounds, the Company will be obligated to pay to Pfizer annual royalties between approximately 10% and 20% of net sales of all such products, subject to certain reductions and offsets in some circumstances. The Company’s royalty obligation continues, on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, until the later of: (i) the last to expire licensed patent covering the applicable licensed product in such country, or (ii) the earlier of generic competition for such licensed product reaching a certain level in such country or expiration of a certain time period after first commercial sale of such licensed product in such country. In the event that the Company sublicenses the rights granted to the Company under the license agreement with Pfizer to a third party, the same milestone and royalty payments are required. The Company can terminate the license agreement at will at any time after April 4, 2013 or for safety concerns, in each case upon specified advance notice.

Note 11—Subsequent Events:

Employment Contract:

On January 19, 2012, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Alan H. Auerbach, the Company’s President and CEO. The employment agreement governs the terms of Mr. Auerbach’s employment since September 15, 2010 and expires on September 1, 2014, unless earlier terminated, with automatic one-year renewal terms unless either the Company or Mr. Auerbach gives written notice of termination 60 days prior to the end of the term. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Auerbach will receive an annual base salary of $470,000, retroactively effective to September 1, 2011, and will be eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus in an amount up to 50% of his base salary. Per the employment agreement, Mr. Auerbach was granted an option to purchase 200,000 shares of Company common stock, which will vest as to 1/3 of the shares underlying the option on January 19, 2013, and as to 1/36 of the shares underlying the option on each monthly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Auerbach’s continued employment through the vesting dates.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     June  30,
2012
(unaudited)
    December 31,
2011

(Note 1)
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 41,001,998      $ 53,381,734   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     825,966        281,096   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     41,827,964        53,662,830   

Property and equipment, net

     1,228,039        682,053   

Restricted cash

     1,210,176        1,053,284   

Deposits

     170,250        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 44,436,429      $ 55,398,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,410,026      $ 86,669   

Accrued expenses

     13,131,701        499,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     15,541,727        586,211   

Deferred rent

     855,859        439,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     16,397,586        1,025,632   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock—$.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 20,040,000 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     2,004        2,004   

Additional paid-in capital

     64,857,524        64,610,340   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (36,820,685     (10,239,809
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     28,038,843        54,372,535   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 44,436,429      $ 55,398,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended     Period from
September 15, 2010
(date of inception) to
June 30, 2012
 
     June 30, 2012     June 30, 2011     June 30, 2012     June 30, 2011    

Operating expenses:

          

General and administrative

   $ 1,701,877      $ 34,097      $ 2,936,503      $ 38,038      $ 12,263,021   

Research and development

     13,005,907        —          23,574,289        —          24,400,661   

Depreciation and amortization

     69,495        168        118,236        168        128,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

     14,777,279        34,265        26,629,028        38,206        36,792,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (14,777,279     (34,265     (26,629,028     (38,206     (36,792,620
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expenses):

          

Interest income

     22,516        —          48,152        —          51,935   

Other income (expense)

     —          —                 —          (80,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

     22,516        —          48,152        —          (28,065
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (14,754,763   $ (34,265   $ (26,580,876   $ (38,206   $ (36,820,685
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stock

   $ (14,754,763   $ (34,265   $ (26,580,876   $ (38,206   $ (36,820,685
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.74   $ (0.009   $ (1.326   $ (0.01  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     20,040,000        4,000,000        20,040,000        4,000,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 15, 2010 (DATE OF INCEPTION) THROUGH JUNE 30, 2012

 

     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total  
         
         
         
  

 

 

           
     Shares      Amount         

Balances, beginning

     —         $ —         $ —        $ —        $   

Common stock issued for cash at $0.0001 per share

     4,000,000         400         —          —          400   

Paid-in capital

     —           —           6,531        —          6,531   

Net loss

     —           —           —          (6,931     (6,931
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     4,000,000         400         6,531        (6,931     —     

Paid-in capital

             —           61,983        —          61,983   

Issuance of shares of common stock through private placements at $3.75 per share, net of issuance costs

     16,000,000         1,600         56,739,208        —          56,740,808   

Conversion of stockholder’s note payable to equity

     40,000         4         149,996        —          150,000   

Stock option compensation

     —           —           67,022        —          67,022   

Anti-dilutive warrant

     —           —           7,585,600        —          7,585,600   

Net loss

     —           —           —          (10,232,878     (10,232,878
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     20,040,000         2,004         64,610,340        (10,239,809     54,372,535   

Stock option compensation

     —           —           461,775        —          461,775   

Anti-dilutive warrant

     —           —           (214,591     —          (214,591

Net loss

     —           —           —          (26,580,876     (26,580,876
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

     20,040,000       $ 2,004       $ 64,857,524      $ (36,820,685   $ 28,038,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Period from
September 15, 2010
(date of
inception) to
June 30,
2012
 
     2012     2011    

Operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (26,580,876   $ (38,206   $ (36,820,685

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     118,236        168        128,938   

Build-out allowance received from landlord

     236,533        —          675,954   

Stock option expense

     461,775        —          528,797   

Anti-dilutive warrant

     (214,591     —          7,371,009   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (715,120     (1,897     (996,216

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     14,955,516        —          15,541,727   

Accrual of deferred rent

     179,906        —          179,906   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (11,558,621     (39,935     (13,390,570
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (427,690     (3,363     (681,024

Expenditures for leasehold improvements

     (236,533     —          (675,954

Restricted cash

     (156,892     —          (1,210,176
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (821,115     (3,363     (2,567,154
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of stockholder’s convertible note payable

     —          —          150,000   

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

     —          —          56,741,208   

Capital contributions by stockholder

     —          43,298        68,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —          43,298        56,959,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (12,379,736     —          41,001,998   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     53,381,734        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 41,001,998      $ —        $ 41,001,998   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Conversion of stockholder’s note payable to common stock

   $ —        $ —        $ 150,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Business and Basis of Presentation:

Business:

Puma Biotechnology, Inc. is a development stage biopharmaceutical company based in Los Angeles, California. References in these Notes to Condensed Financial Statements to the “Company” refer to Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a private Delaware company formed on September 15, 2010, for periods prior to the Merger (as defined below), which took place on October 4, 2011, and Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a Delaware company formed on April 27, 2007 and formerly known as Innovative Acquisitions Corp., for periods following the Merger. The Company’s strategy is to license and develop novel therapeutics for the treatment of cancer that have previously been tested in clinical trials, enabling it to obtain an initial indication of the drug’s safety and biological activity in humans before committing capital to the drug’s development.

Basis of Presentation:

The Company is a development stage enterprise since it has not yet generated any revenue from the sale of products and, through June 30, 2012, its primary focus has been the transition of operational responsibility for its lead drug candidate from the licensor to the Company (see the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, for details of the license agreement). The accompanying unaudited condensed interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, for interim financial information. Accordingly, the financial statements do not include all information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete annual financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed interim financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation. Interim operating results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2012, or for any subsequent period. These unaudited condensed interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011. The condensed balance sheet at December 31, 2011 has been derived from the audited financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company has reported a net loss of $14,754,763 and $26,580,876 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. The Company also reported negative cash flows from operating activities of $8,774,379 and $11,558,621 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. The net loss from the date of inception, September 15, 2010, to June 30, 2012, amounted to $36,820,685, and negative cash flows from operating activities amounted to $13,390,570 for the same period. Management believes that the Company will continue to incur net losses and negative net cash flows from operating activities through the drug development process.

The Company’s continued operations will depend on its ability to raise funds through various potential sources such as equity and debt financing. Through June 30, 2012, the Company’s financing has been primarily through private equity placements. The Company will continue to fund operations through sources of capital similar to those previously described. The Company can give no assurances that any additional capital that it is able to obtain will be sufficient to meet its needs. Given the current and desired pace of clinical development of its three product candidates, management estimates that the Company has sufficient cash on hand to fund clinical development through 2012 and into 2013. The Company will need additional financing thereafter until it can achieve profitability, if ever. The Company may choose to raise additional capital before 2013 in order to fund its

 

F-23


Table of Contents

future development activities. There can be no assurance that such capital will be available on favorable terms or at all. If it is unable to raise additional capital, the Company could likely be forced to curtail desired development activities, which will delay the development of its product candidates.

Merger with Public Company:

On September 29, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “Merger Agreement”), with Innovative Acquisitions Corp. (“IAC”) and IAC’s wholly-owned subsidiary, IAC Merger Corporation (“Merger Sub”). On October 4, 2011, the Company completed a reverse merger in which Merger Sub merged with and into the Company and the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of IAC (the “Merger”).

At the effective time of the Merger, the Company’s then issued and outstanding 18,666,733 shares of common stock were exchanged for 18,666,733 shares of common stock of IAC and each share of the Company’s common stock that was outstanding immediately prior to the effective time was cancelled, with one share of the Company common stock issued to IAC. Concurrently, IAC redeemed all of its shares from its pre-Merger stockholders in exchange for an aggregate consideration of $40,000 paid by the Company. The Company also paid $40,000 for IAC’s professional fees associated with the Merger, directly to legal counsel for IAC’s former stockholders. Following the Merger and the redemption, the Company’s prior stockholders owned the same percentage of IAC’s common stock as they held of the Company’s common stock prior to the Merger.

Upon completion of the Merger, the Company merged with and into IAC, and IAC adopted the Company’s business plan and changed its name to “Puma Biotechnology, Inc.” Further, upon completion of the Merger, the existing officers and directors of IAC resigned and the existing officers and directors of the Company were appointed officers and directors of IAC.

The Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition with the Company as the accounting acquirer and IAC as the accounting acquiree. The merger of a private operating company into a non-operating public shell corporation with nominal net assets is considered to be a capital transaction, in substance, rather than a business combination for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the Company treated this transaction as a capital transaction without recording goodwill or adjusting any of its other assets or liabilities. Consideration in the amount of $80,000 paid to the former stockholders of IAC and their attorney was recorded as an other expense item and included in the Company’s net loss for the year ending December 31, 2011.

Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies:

The significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of these financial statements are as follows:

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of expenses for the period presented. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include the valuation of the warrant issued to the Chief Executive Officer, or CEO (Note 4). The value of the warrant includes estimates based on future events which are difficult to predict. It is at least reasonably possible that a change in the estimates used to value the warrant will occur in the near term. Significant estimates also include the cost of services provided by consultants who conduct research on behalf of the Company that are billed on a delayed basis. As the actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its estimated cost in that period.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Investment Securities:

The Company classifies all investment securities (short-term and long-term) as available-for-sale, as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity to implement management’s strategies. These securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, if material, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities, if any, are determined on a specific identification basis. A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale security below cost that is determined to be other than temporary results in a revaluation of its carrying amount to fair value. The impairment is charged to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the straight-line method. Interest income is recognized when earned.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurement , or ASC 820, provides a single definition of fair value and a common framework for measuring fair value as well as new disclosure requirements for fair value measurements used in financial statements. Under ASC 820, fair value is determined based upon the exit price that would be received by a company to sell an asset or paid by a company to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants, exclusive of any transaction costs. Fair value measurements are determined by either the principal market or the most advantageous market. The principal market is the market with the greatest level of activity and volume for the asset or liability. Absent a principal market to measure fair value, the Company uses the most advantageous market, which is the market from which the Company would receive the highest selling price for the asset or pay the lowest price to settle the liability, after considering transaction costs. However, when using the most advantageous market, transaction costs are only considered to determine which market is the most advantageous and these costs are then excluded when applying a fair value measurement. ASC 820 creates a three-level hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values. The basis for fair value measurements for each level within the hierarchy is described below, with Level 1 having the highest priority and Level 3 having the lowest.

 

Level 1:    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets.
Level 3:    Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

Following are the major categories of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1), significant other observable inputs (Level 2), and significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

June 30, 2012

   Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total

Cash equivalents

   $38,499,196    $—    $—    $38,499,196

December 31, 2011

   Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total

Cash equivalents

   $53,003,450    $—    $—    $53,003,450

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The Company’s investments in short-term and long-term investment securities are exposed to price fluctuations. The fair value measurements for short-term and long-term investment securities are based upon the quoted price in active markets multiplied by the number of securities owned, exclusive of any transaction costs and without any adjustments to reflect discounts that may be applied to selling a large block of securities at one time.

Concentration of Risk:

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, principally consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation insured limit at June 30, 2012 were approximately $39,720,000. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk.

Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over estimated useful lives ranging from three to five years using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the term of the lease by use of the straight-line method. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to operations as incurred.

The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets, primarily property and equipment, whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully recoverable. When such events occur, management determines whether there has been an impairment by comparing the asset’s carrying value with its fair value, as measured by the anticipated undiscounted net cash flows of the asset. Should impairment exist, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses through June 30, 2012.

Research and Development Expenses:

Research and development expenses are charged to operations as incurred. Research and development expenses include costs associated with services provided by consultants who conduct clinical services on behalf of the Company, contract organizations for manufacturing of clinical materials and clinical trials. In the case of clinical trials, a portion of the estimated cost normally relates to the projected cost to treat a patient in the trials, and this cost is recognized over the estimated term of the study based on the number of patients enrolled in the trial on an ongoing basis, beginning with patient enrollment. The Company determines the total cost of a given study based on the terms of the related contract. The Company accrues for costs incurred as services are being provided by monitoring the status of the trial and the invoices received from its external service providers. As actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its accruals in that period. Costs related to the acquisition of technology rights and patents for which development work is still in process are charged to operations as incurred and considered a component of research and development costs.

Stock-Based Compensation:

Stock option awards:

ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation , or ASC 718, requires the fair value of all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, to be recognized in the statement of operations over the requisite service period. Under ASC 718, employee option grants are generally valued at the date of grant (grant date) and those valuations do not change once they have been established. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. As allowed by ASC 718 for companies with a short period of publicly-traded stock history, the Company’s estimate of expected volatility is based on the average expected volatilities of a sampling of five companies with similar attributes to the

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Company, including industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant valuation. ASC 718 does not allow companies to account for option forfeitures as they occur; instead, estimated option forfeitures must be calculated when the option is granted to reduce the option expense to be recognized over the life of the award and updated upon receipt of further information as to the amount of options expected to be forfeited. Due to its limited history, the Company uses the simplified method to determine the expected life of the option grants.

Warrants:

Warrants granted to employees are normally valued at the fair value of the instrument on the grant date and are recognized in the statement of operations over the requisite service period. When the requisite service period precedes the grant date and a market condition exists in the warrant, the Company values the warrant using the Monte Carlo Simulation Method. As allowed by ASC 718 for companies with a short period of publicly-traded stock history, the Company’s estimate of expected volatility is based on the average volatilities of a sampling of nine companies with similar attributes to the Company, including industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the warrant is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant valuation. In determining the value, the Company factors in the probability of the market condition occurring and several possible scenarios. When the requisite service period precedes the grant date and is deemed to be complete, the Company records the fair market value of the warrant at the time of issuance as an equity stock-based compensation transaction. The grant date is determined when all pertinent information, such as exercise price and quantity are known. The warrant is revalued each reporting period up to the grant date when the final fair value of the warrant is established and recorded.

Net Loss per Common Share:

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented as required by ASC 260, Earnings Per Share . Diluted earnings per common share have not been presented because the assumed exercise of the Company’s outstanding options would have been anti-dilutive. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, potentially dilutive securities excluded from the calculations were 1,392,500 shares issuable upon exercise of options.

Deferred Rent:

The Company has entered into an operating lease agreement for its corporate offices that contain provisions for future rent increases, a leasehold improvement allowance and rent abatement. The Company records monthly rent expense equal to the total of the payments due over the lease term, divided by the number of months of the lease term. The difference between the rent expense recorded and the amount paid is credited or charged to deferred rent, which is reflected as a separate line item in the accompanying condensed balance sheets. Additionally, the Company recorded as deferred rent the cost of the leasehold improvements paid by the landlord, which is amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements:

The Company has adopted all recently issued accounting pronouncements. The adoption of the accounting pronouncements is not anticipated to have a material effect on the operations of the Company.

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS, or ASU 2011-04 , which clarifies some existing concepts and expands the disclosures for fair value measurements that are estimated using significant

 

F-27


Table of Contents

unobservable (Level 3) inputs. ASU 2011-04 was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012, and the adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition.

In June 2011, FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income, or ASU 2011-5, which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements and which eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, or ASU 2011-12, which deferred the guidance on whether to require entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in both the statement where net income is presented and the statement where other comprehensive income is presented for both interim and annual financial statements. ASU 2011-12 reinstated the requirements for the presentation of reclassifications that were in place prior to the issuance of ASU 2011-05 and did not change the effective date for ASU 2011-05. ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 were effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012, and the adoption of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition.

Note 3—Accrued Expenses:

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Accrued licensor transition costs

   $ 10,751,011       $ —     

Accrued clinical cost

     1,298,145         —     

Accrued compensation

     975,607         308,936   

Accrued legal fees

     91,104         149,055   

Other

     15,834         41,551   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 13,131,701       $ 499,542   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In accordance with the license agreement, the Company requested that the licensor continue direct management of the ongoing clinical trials until such time as operational responsibility could be absorbed by the Company and/or its agents. The accrued licensor transition costs represents the Company’s estimate of such costs for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and will be adjusted accordingly as the actual costs become known.

Note 4—Stockholders’ Equity:

Warrants:

In October 2011, the Company issued anti-dilutive warrants to 27 investors pursuant to a securities purchase agreement. These warrants were exercisable only if the Company sold securities at a price below $3.75 per share on or prior to the date on which the Company’s common stock was first quoted in an over-the-counter market or listed for quotation on a national securities exchange or trading system. The Company’s common stock was quoted and began trading on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB under the symbol “PBYI” on April 18, 2012 and the Company did not sell securities at a price below $3.75 per share on or prior to such date. Accordingly, these warrants subsequently terminated unexercised in accordance with their terms.

Following the October 2011 private placement, Alan H. Auerbach, the Company’s founder, CEO and President held approximately 21% of the 18,666,733 outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company issued an anti-dilutive warrant to Mr. Auerbach, as the Company’s founder. The warrant was issued to provide Mr. Auerbach with the right to maintain ownership of at least 20% of the Company’s common stock in the event that the Company raises capital through the sale of its securities in the future.

The warrant has a ten-year term and is exercisable only in the event of the first subsequent financing, excluding certain types of financings set forth in the warrant, that results in gross cash proceeds to the Company of at least $15 million. The warrant has an exercise price equal to the price paid per share in such financing and is exercisable for the number of shares of the Company’s common stock necessary for Mr. Auerbach to maintain ownership of at least 20% of the outstanding shares of Company common stock after such financing. Upon the occurrence of the first subsequent financing of at least $15 million, the warrant may be exercised any time up to the ten–year expiration date of October 4, 2021. The grant date of the warrant will occur on the date of the subsequent financing when the aggregate number of shares exercisable and the price per share will be determined. The Company determined that the warrant has an implied service requisite period in 2011 that is prior to its grant date. The Company also determined that a market condition subsequent to the implied service period exists as the exercise or partial exercise of the warrant can only occur if there is a subsequent financing.

The warrant was valued at approximately $6,900,000 at the time of issuance and recorded to the statement of operations. The warrant was revalued at approximately $7,600,000 on December 31, 2011, in accordance with ASC 718. The fair market value of the warrant as of June 30, 2012, using the below assumptions, was approximately $7,371,000 resulting in an adjustment to the fair value of ($65,300) and ($214,591), which are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying condensed statements of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively.

The fair market value at June 30, 2012, was determined by the following assumptions using the Monte Carlo Simulation method:

 

     2012  

Common stock price

   $ 11.25   

Dividend yield

     0.00

Expected volatility

     76.40

Risk-free interest rate

     1.67

Warrant term in years

     10   

Additionally, the fair value was estimated based on projected equity raises ranging from $15 million to $100 million in 2013 using weighted probability factors.

Stock-Based Compensation:

The Company’s 2011 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2011 Plan, was adopted by the Board of Directors on September 15, 2011. Pursuant to the 2011 Plan, the Company may grant incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options, as well as other forms of equity-based compensation. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees, while consultants, employees, officers and directors are eligible for the grant of nonqualified options under the 2011 Plan. The maximum term of stock options granted under the 2011 Plan is 10 years. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the 2011 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant. Through June 30, 2012, a total of 3,529,412 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

In February 2012, the Company granted, in aggregate, 670,000 stock options to employees hired prior to December 31, 2011. The vesting period for the option grants commenced on each employee’s date of hire (i.e., the commencement of their respective service periods). The Company also granted 482,500 stock options in the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 240,000 stock options in the three months ended June 30, 2012 to

 

F-29


Table of Contents

employees hired during 2012. The Company awarded only “plain vanilla options” as determined by the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 107, “ Share Based Payment .” As of June 30, 2012, 1,392,500 shares of the Company’s common stock are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding awards granted under the 2011 Plan, and 2,136,912 shares of the Company’s common stock are available for future issuance under the 2011 Plan.

The fair value of options granted to employees was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (see Note 2) with the following weighted-average assumptions used during the six month period ended June 30:

 

     2012  

Dividend yield

     0.0

Expected volatility

     85.5

Risk-free interest rate

     1.1

Expected life in years

     5.82   

The Company recognized expense (fair value of the stock option grants) of $263,715 and $461,775 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, $101,317 and $178,722 were recorded as general and administrative expense and $162,398 and $283,053 were recorded as research and development expense, respectively.

Activity with respect to options granted under the 2011 Plan is summarized as follows:

 

     Shares      Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     —           —           —         $ —     

Options granted in the period ended March 31, 2012 for which compensation was recognized during 2011

     670,000       $ 3.75         —           —     

Granted in the 3 month period ended March 31, 2012

     482,500       $ 3.75         —           —     

Granted in the 3 month period ended June 30, 2012

     240,000       $ 10.81         —           —     
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at June 30, 2012

     1,392,500       $ 4.97         9.7       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested at June 30, 2012

     1,392,500       $ 4.97         9.7       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2012

     —         $ —           —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2012, total estimated unrecognized employee compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted prior to that date was $3,669,475, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years. The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 was $7.59 and $4.30 per share, respectively.

Note 5—401(k) Savings Plan:

During 2012, the Company adopted a 401(k) savings plan for the benefit of its employees. The Company is required to make matching contributions to the 401(k) plan equal to 100% of the first 3% of wages deferred by each participating employee and 50% on the next 2% of wages deferred by each participating employee. The Company incurred expenses for employer matching contributions of approximately $36,000 and $56,500 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies:

Office Lease:

On June 7, 2012, the Company entered into a long-term lease agreement for office space in South San Francisco, California. The initial term of the lease is for seven years and is expected to commence on or about October 1, 2012. The base rent will be approximately $20,250 per month during the first year and will increase over the course of the initial term, up to approximately $30,820 per month during the seventh year. In addition, the Company has an option to extend the lease for an additional five-year term, which would commence upon the expiration of the initial term. In the event the Company elects to extend the lease, the minimum monthly rent payable for the additional term will be the then-current fair market rent calculated in accordance with the terms of the lease. The Company provided the landlord an automatically renewable stand-by letter of credit in the amount of $150,000. The stand-by letter of credit is collateralized by a high-yield savings account in the amount of approximately $157,000, which is classified as restricted cash on the accompanying condensed balance sheets.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

 

 

 

5,270,092 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

Leerink Swann

Stifel Nicolaus Weisel

Cowen and Company

UBS Investment Bank

                         , 2012

 

 

 


Table of Contents

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, all of which will be borne by us. All amounts are estimates, other than the SEC registration fee.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 11,759.25   

FINRA Filing Fee

     15,500.00   

New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee

     146,000.00   

Printing Expenses

     15,000.00   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     25,000.00   

Legal Fees and Expenses

     350,000.00   

Miscellaneous

     60,000.00   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 623,260.25   
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

Reference is also made to Section 145 of the DGCL, which provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who is, or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of such corporation, by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the company’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any officer or director in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses that such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of the officers and directors to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following summarizes all sales of unregistered securities by us and Puma within the past three years:

On September 15, 2010, in connection with Puma’s incorporation, Puma issued an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of its common stock to Alan H. Auerbach, our President and Chief Executive officer, for aggregate consideration of $400.

On October 4, 2011, Puma issued 14,666,733 shares of its common stock and anti-dilutive warrants to 27 investors, each of whom is a selling stockholder in the offering to which the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement relates, in a private placement for aggregate consideration of approximately $55.0 million. Puma also issued an anti-dilutive warrant to its founder in connection with such private placement. For a description of the warrants, please see “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants.”

On October 4, 2011, in connection with our acquisition of Puma, we issued 18,666,733 shares of our common stock to Puma’s stockholders and assumed Puma’s outstanding warrants in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Puma’s common stock.

On October 6, 2011, we issued 40,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Auerbach upon his conversion of an unsecured convertible promissory note issued to him in connection with his advance of $150,000 to Puma prior to the Merger.

On November 18, 2011, we issued 1,333,267 shares of our common stock to 139 investors, each of whom is a selling stockholder in the offering to which the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement relates, in a private placement for aggregate consideration of approximately $5.0 million.

The sales of the securities identified above were made pursuant to privately negotiated transactions that did not involve a public offering of securities and, accordingly, were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof and the rules promulgated thereunder. Each of the above-referenced investors represented to us or Puma, as applicable, in connection with their investment that they were “accredited investors” (as defined by Rule 501 under the Securities Act) and were acquiring the shares for investment and not for distribution, that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The investors received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from such registration. The sales of the foregoing securities were made without any form of general solicitation or advertising and all of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
No.

        Incorporation by Reference  
  

Description

   Form      Exhibit      Filing Date  
1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement         
2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 29, 2011, by and among Innovative Acquisitions Corp., IAC Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Innovative Acquisitions Corp., and Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a Delaware corporation      8-K         2.1         10/4/2011   

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

        Incorporation by Reference  
  

Description

   Form      Exhibit      Filing Date  
  3.1    Certificate of Merger relating to the merger of IAC Merger Corporation with and into Puma Biotechnology, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 4, 2011      8-K         3.1         10/11/2011   
  3.2    Certificate of Ownership and Merger relating to the merger of Puma Biotechnology, Inc. with and into Innovative Acquisitions Corp., filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 4, 2011      8-K         3.2         10/11/2011   
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 14, 2011      DEF 14C         Appendix I         10/24/2011   
  3.4    Bylaws of Puma Biotechnology, Inc.      10-SB         3.2         9/14/2007   
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate      POSAM         4.1         3/30/2012   
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of Puma Biotechnology, Inc., dated October 4, 2011, issued to investors in private placement      8-K         4.1         10/11/2011   
  4.3    Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of Puma Biotechnology, Inc., dated October 4, 2011, issued to Alan H. Auerbach      8-K         4.2         10/11/2011   
  5.1    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP         
10.1*    License Agreement, dated August 18, 2011, by and between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and Pfizer Inc.      8-K/A         10.1         12/16/2011   
10.2    Redemption Agreement, dated October 4, 2011, by and among Innovative Acquisitions Corp., Robert Johnson, Faraaz Siddiqi and Kapil Munjal      8-K         10.2         10/11/2011   
10.3    Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2011, by and among Innovative Acquisitions Corp., Puma Biotechnology, Inc., Robert Johnson, Faraaz Siddiqi and Kapil Munjal      8-K         10.1         10/4/2011   
10.4    Puma Biotechnology, Inc. 2011 Incentive Award Plan      8-K         10.4         10/11/2011   
10.5    Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement, issued pursuant to the Puma Biotechnology, Inc. 2011 Incentive Award Plan      10-K         10.5         3/29/12   
10.6    Form of Chief Executive Officer Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement, issued pursuant to the Puma Biotechnology, Inc. 2011 Incentive Award Plan      10-K         10.6         3/29/12   
10.7    Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 4, 2011, by and among Puma, the persons listed on Exhibit A attached thereto and Puma Biotechnology, Inc.      8-K/A         10.5         12/16/2011   
10.8    Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement      8-K         10.2         11/23/2011   
10.9    Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 4, 2011, by and among Puma, the investors listed on Schedule I attached thereto and Puma Biotechnology, Inc.      8-K/A         10.6         12/16/2011   
10.10    Letter Agreement, dated October 21, 2011, between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and Richard Phillips      8-K         10.1         10/27/2011   

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

        Incorporation by Reference  
  

Description

   Form      Exhibit      Filing Date  
10.11    Letter Agreement, dated October 21, 2011, between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and Charles Eyler      8-K         10.2         10/27/2011   
10.12    Form of Subscription Agreement      8-K         10.1         11/23/2011   
10.13    Office Lease by and between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and CA-10880 Wilshire Limited Partnership, executed on December 7, 2011      8-K         10.1         12/13/2011   
10.14    Employment Agreement, dated January 19, 2012, by and between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and Alan H. Auerbach      8-K         10.1         1/24/2012   
10.15    Office Lease by and between Puma Technology, Inc. and DWF III Gateway, LLC, executed on June 7, 2012      8-K         10.1         6/13/2012   
10.16    Letter Agreement, dated May 2, 2012, by and between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and Richard P. Bryce      8-K         10.1         6/26/2012   
10.17    Form of Indemnification Agreement         
23.1    Consent of PKF Certified Public Accountants         
23.2    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)         
24.1+    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)         
101.INS**    XBRL Instance Document         
101.SCH**    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document         
101.CAL**    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document         
101.DEF**    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document         
101.LAB**    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document         
101.PRE**    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document         

 

+ Previously filed.
* Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
** In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information in Exhibit 101 shall be deemed to be “furnished” and not “filed” and shall not be deemed part of this Registration Statement or the prospectus contained herein.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the

 

II-4


Table of Contents

registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Los Angeles, state of California, on October 15, 2012.

 

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

By:

  /s/ Alan H. Auerbach
 

 

  Alan H. Auerbach
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and as of the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE    TITLE   DATE

/s/ Alan H. Auerbach

Alan H. Auerbach

   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   October 15, 2012

/s/ Charles R. Eyler

Charles R. Eyler

   Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   October 15, 2012

*

Thomas R. Malley

   Director   October 15, 2012

*

Jay M. Moyes

   Director   October 15, 2012

 

*By:

  /s/ Alan H. Auerbach
 

 

  Alan H. Auerbach
  Attorney-in-Fact


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

        Incorporation by Reference
  

Description

   Form    Exhibit    Filing Date
  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement         
  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 29, 2011, by and among Innovative Acquisitions Corp., IAC Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Innovative Acquisitions Corp., and Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a Delaware corporation    8-K    2.1    10/4/2011
  3.1    Certificate of Merger relating to the merger of IAC Merger Corporation with and into Puma Biotechnology, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 4, 2011    8-K    3.1    10/11/2011
  3.2    Certificate of Ownership and Merger relating to the merger of Puma Biotechnology, Inc. with and into Innovative Acquisitions Corp., filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 4, 2011    8-K    3.2    10/11/2011
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 14, 2011    DEF 14C    Appendix I    10/24/2011
  3.4    Bylaws of Puma Biotechnology, Inc.    10-SB    3.2    9/14/2007
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate    S-1/A    4.1    2/1/2012
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of Puma Biotechnology, Inc., dated October 4, 2011, issued to investors in private placement    8-K    4.1    10/11/2011
  4.3    Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of Puma Biotechnology, Inc., dated October 4, 2011, issued to Alan H. Auerbach    8-K    4.2    10/11/2011
  5.1    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP         
10.1 *    License Agreement, dated August 18, 2011, by and between Puma Biotechnology, Inc., and Pfizer Inc.    8-K/A    10.1    12/16/2011
10.2    Redemption Agreement, dated October 4, 2011, by and among Innovative Acquisitions Corp., Robert Johnson, Faraaz Siddiqi and Kapil Munjal    8-K    10.2    10/11/2011
10.3    Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2011, by and among Innovative Acquisitions Corp., Puma Biotechnology, Inc., Robert Johnson, Faraaz Siddiqi and Kapil Munjal    8-K    10.1    10/4/2011
10.4    Puma Biotechnology, Inc. 2011 Incentive Award Plan    8-K    10.4    10/11/2011
10.5    Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement, issued pursuant to the Puma Biotechnology, Inc. 2011 Incentive Award Plan    10-K    10.5    3/29/12
10.6    Form of Chief Executive Officer Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement, issued pursuant to the Puma Biotechnology, Inc. 2011 Incentive Award Plan    10-K    10.6    3/29/12


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

       Incorporation by Reference
 

Description

   Form    Exhibit    Filing Date
  10.7   Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 4, 2011, by and among Puma, the persons listed on Exhibit A attached thereto and Puma Biotechnology, Inc.    8-K/A    10.5    12/16/2011
  10.8   Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement    8-K    10.2    11/23/2011
  10.9   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 4, 2011, by and among Puma, the investors listed on Schedule I attached thereto and Puma Biotechnology, Inc.    8-K/A    10.6    12/16/2011
  10.10   Letter Agreement, dated October 21, 2011, between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and Richard Phillips    8-K    10.1    10/27/2011
  10.11   Letter Agreement, dated October 21, 2011, between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and Charles Eyler    8-K    10.2    10/27/2011
  10.12   Form of Subscription Agreement    8-K    10.1    11/23/2011
  10.13   Office Lease by and between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and CA-10880 Wilshire Limited Partnership, executed on December 7, 2011    8-K    10.1    12/13/2011
  10.14   Employment Agreement, dated January 19, 2012, by and between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and Alan H. Auerbach    8-K    10.1    1/24/2012
  10.15   Office Lease by and between Puma Technology, Inc. and DWF III Gateway, LLC, executed on June 7, 2012    8-K    10.1    6/13/2012
  10.16   Letter Agreement, dated May 2, 2012, by and between Puma Biotechnology, Inc. and Richard P. Bryce    8-K    10.1    6/26/2012
  10.17   Form of Indemnification Agreement         
  23.1   Consent of PKF Certified Public Accountants         
  23.2   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)         
  24.1+   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)         
101.INS**   XBRL Instance Document         
101.SCH**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document         
101.CAL**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document         
101.DEF**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document         
101.LAB**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document         
101.PRE**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document         

 

+ Previously filed.
* Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
** In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information in Exhibit 101 shall be deemed to be “furnished” and not “filed” and shall not be deemed part of this Registration Statement or the prospectus contained herein.

Exhibit 1.1

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

l Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

Dated: October l , 2012


Execution Version

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

l Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

October l , 2012

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                    Incorporated

Leerink Swann LLC

    as Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                             Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

c/o Leerink Swann LLC

One Federal Street, 37th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), confirms its agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), Leerink Swann LLC (“Leerink”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch and Leerink are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of l additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid l shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the l shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-184187), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will

 

1


prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “Rule 430A Information.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities, is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

As used in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [ l :00 P./A.M.], New York City time, on [INSERT DATE] or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B-1 hereto, all considered together.

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

 

2


“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses . Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(ii) Accurate Disclosure . Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package and (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting–Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the second and third paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting–Price Stabilization and Short Positions” and the information under the heading “Underwriting–Electronic Distribution” in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

 

3


(iii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified.

(iv) Testing-the-Waters Materials . The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications.

(v) Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was and is an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405.

(vi) Emerging Growth Company Status . From the time of the initial filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

(vii) Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act Regulations and the Public Accounting Oversight Board.

(viii) Financial Statements . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be stated in the related notes thereto. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations or the 1934 Act Regulations. The interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus fairly presents the information called for in all material respects and has been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto.

 

4


(ix) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

(x) Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries . The Company has no subsidiaries.

(xii) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(xiii) Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xiv) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The Common Stock conforms in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.

 

5


(xv) Registration Rights . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement.

(xvi) Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . The Company is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.

(xvii) Absence of Labor Dispute . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xviii) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which would result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6


(xix) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

(xx) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT, state securities laws or the rules of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).

(xxi) Regulatory Matters; Possession of Licenses and Permits . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Company has not received any FDA Form 483 notice of adverse finding, warning letter or other written correspondence or notice from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or any other Governmental Entity alleging or asserting noncompliance with any Applicable Laws (as defined in clause (ii) below) or Authorizations (as defined in clause (iii) below); (ii) the Company is and has been in compliance with statutes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the Company for the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging, processing, use, labeling, promotion, storage, import, export or disposal of any product manufactured or distributed by the Company, including without limitation, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. § 301, et seq., similar laws of other Governmental Entities and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws (collectively, “Applicable Laws”); (iii) the Company possesses all licenses, certificates, approvals, authorizations, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Applicable Laws and/or for the ownership of its properties or the conduct of its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, “Authorizations”) and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company is not in violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (iv) the Company has not received written notice of any ongoing claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any Governmental Entity or third party alleging that any product, operation or activity is in violation of any Applicable Laws or Authorizations or has any knowledge that any such Governmental Entity or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding, nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, has there been any noncompliance with or violation of any Applicable Laws by the Company that could reasonably be expected to require the issuance of any such written notice or result in an investigation, corrective action, or enforcement action by FDA or similar Governmental Entity; (v) the Company has not received written notice that any Governmental Entity has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any Authorizations or has any knowledge that any such Governmental Entity has threatened or is considering such action; and (vi) the Company has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were complete,

 

7


correct and not misleading on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission). Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its directors, officers, employees or agents has been convicted of any crime under the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or comparable laws of other Governmental Entities or has been the subject of an FDA debarment proceeding. The Company has not been nor is it now subject to FDA’s Application Integrity Policy. To the Company’s knowledge, neither the Company, nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents, has made, or caused the making of, any false statements on, or material omissions from, any other records or documentation prepared or maintained to comply with the requirements of the FDA or any other Governmental Entity.

(xxii) Studies and Tests . The preclinical and clinical studies and tests conducted by, or to the knowledge of the Company, or on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries have been and, if still pending, are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with experimental protocols, procedures and controls pursuant to all Applicable Laws and Authorizations; the descriptions of the results of such preclinical and clinical studies and tests contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly present the data derived from such preclinical and clinical studies and tests; except to the extent disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any preclinical or clinical studies or tests, the results of which the Company believes reasonably call into question the research, preclinical or clinical study or test results described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus when viewed in the context in which such results are described; and the Company has not received any written notices or correspondence from any Governmental Entity requiring the termination, suspension or material modification of any preclinical or clinical study or test conducted by or on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable.

(xxiii) Title to Property . The Company has good and marketable title to all real property owned by it and good title to all other properties owned by it, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company, and under which the Company holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company has no notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

(xxiv) Intellectual Property . To the Company’s knowledge, the Company owns or possesses, or has obtained valid and enforceable licenses for, the valid right to use all patents, trademarks, trademark registrations, service marks, service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, databases, Internet domain names, trade secrets and other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on its business as currently conducted, and as proposed to be conducted, in each case as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, “Relevant Intellectual Property”), except where the failure to own, license or have such rights would not, individually or in the aggregate, have Material Adverse Effect, and the Company has not received any written notice of any claim to the contrary with respect to the foregoing. Each of the agreements described in the

 

8


Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, that include licenses or transfers of the Relevant Intellectual Property (each an “Intellectual Property Agreement”) is valid, binding upon and enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms. The Company has complied in all material respects with, and are not in material breach of, and have not received any asserted or threatened claim of material breach of, any Intellectual Property Agreement, and the Company has no knowledge of any material breach or anticipated material breach by any other person to any Intellectual Property Agreement. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company’s business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, in each case as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, does not infringe or conflict with the Intellectual Property rights of any person or entity. The Company has not received any claim alleging infringement, misappropriation or other violation by the Company of any Intellectual Property of any person or entity, and the Company is unaware of any facts that could form a reasonable basis for any such claim upon commercialization of the drug candidates described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the Company’s knowledge, no person or entity infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to the Company (“Company Intellectual Property”) in any material respect. The Company has taken all steps reasonably necessary to protect, maintain and safeguard its rights in all Company Intellectual Property, including the execution of appropriate nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements when disclosing trade secrets or confidential information. The granted and issued registered Company Intellectual Property is currently in force and has been properly maintained and has not been adjudged by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction as invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Company Intellectual Property. The Company (and to the Company’s knowledge, the Company’s licensors) have followed in all material respects all relevant laws, rules, procedures and requirements in the filing, prosecution and maintenance of pending government registered Company Intellectual Property in the relevant jurisdiction to which such government registered Company Intellectual Property is pending.

(xxv) Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company is not in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company has all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company and (D) to the knowledge of the Company there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

 

9


(xxvi) Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls . The Company maintains effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”)) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and (E) the interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus fairly presents the information called for in all material respects and is prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company maintains an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a 15 and Rule 15d 15 under the 1934 Act Regulations) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the 1934 Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

(xxvii) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act . There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply in all material respects with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) with which the Company is required to comply, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

(xxviii) Payment of Taxes . All United States federal income tax returns of the Company required by law to be filed have been filed, except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except taxes and assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. The Company has filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by it pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10


(xxix) Insurance . The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by similar-sized companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(xxx) Investment Company Act . The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

(xxxi) Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act; provided that no representation is made in this subsection with respect to actions of the Underwriters.

(xxxii) Rated Debt . The Company has no debt securities or preferred stock that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating agency” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act).

(xxxiii) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xxxiv) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

11


(xxxv) OFAC . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Company is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any of its joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

(xxxvi) Lending Relationship . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

(xxxvii) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate in all material respects and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(b) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

(a) Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grant(s) an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional l shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time only for the purpose of covering overallotments made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Initial Securities upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the

 

12


several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option or, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, earlier than two full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(c) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., Chrysler Center, 666 Third Avenue, New York, New York, 10017 or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company.

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. The Representatives, individually and not as representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d)

 

13


or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

14


(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(f) Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(g) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

(h) Listing . The Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the New York Stock Exchange.

(i) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 90 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(j) If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

15


(k) Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations.

(l) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company agrees that it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” required to be filed by the Company with the Commission under Rule 433.

(m) Underwriter Free Writing Prospectuses . Each Underwriter severally agrees with the Company and each other Underwriter that such Underwriter has not made, and will not make, any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” required to be filed with the Commission under Rule 433.

(n) Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 90-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters up to $15,000 in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and one-half of the cost of chartered aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show, (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange and (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(ii). Except as provided in this Section 4, Section 6 and Section 7, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel.

 

16


(b) Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or (iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters (or, in the case of a termination in accordance with Section 10, solely the non-defaulting Underwriters) for all of their accountable out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Securities.

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance letter, dated the Closing Time, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

(c) Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Jones Day, intellectual property counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

(d) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters with respect to the matters set forth in Exhibit A, clauses (v), (vi) (solely as to preemptive or other similar rights arising by operation of law or under the charter or by-laws of the Company), (viii), (x), (xiv) (solely as to the information in the Prospectus under “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock”), the penultimate paragraph of Exhibit A hereto, and other related matters as the Representatives may require. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and certificates of public officials.

 

17


(e) Officers’ Certificate . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

(f) Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from PKF LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(g) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from PKF LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(h) Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(i) No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(j) Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule C hereto.

(k) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

(i) Officers’ Certificate . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

18


(ii) Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel for Company . If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion and negative assurance letter of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iii) Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel for Company . If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of Jones Day, intellectual property counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(iv) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.

(v) Bring-down Comfort Letter . If requested by the Representatives, a letter from PKF LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

(l) Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

(m) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 11, 13, 14. 15, 16 and 19 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

19


(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, Prospectus or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have

 

20


otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

21


The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .

(a) Termination . The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been

 

22


suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, or (iv) if trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 19 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

(i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either (i) the Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, attention of Syndicate Department (facsimile: (646) 855-3073) with a copy to ECM Legal (facsimile: (212) 230-8730) and c/o Leerink Swann LLC, One Federal Street, 37 th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, attention of

 

23


Timothy A.G. Gerhold, Esq. (facsimile: (714) 755-8290), with a copy to Syndicate (facsimile: (617) 918-4900); notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 10880 Wilshire Blvd, Suite 2150, Los Angeles, California 90024 (facsimile: (424) 248-6501, attention of Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to Latham & Watkins LLP, 650 Town Center Drive, 20 th Floor, Costa Mesa, California 92626 (facsimile: (714) 755-8290).

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

SECTION 13. Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 14. Trial by Jury . The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 15. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 16. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to

 

24


the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “Related Judgment”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

SECTION 17. TIME. TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

SECTION 19. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

25


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.
By    
  Title:

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

            as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH                         INCORPORATED
By    
  Authorized Signatory
LEERINK SWANN LLC
By    
  Authorized Signatory

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

26


SCHEDULE A

The public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $ l .

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $ l , being an amount equal to the public offering price set forth above less $ l per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

                  
Name of Underwriter    Number of
Initial Securities

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

   l

Leerink Swann LLC

   l

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

   l

Cowen and Company, LLC

   l

UBS Securities LLC

   l
  

 

Total

   l
  

 

 

27


SCHEDULE B-1

Pricing Terms

1. The Company is selling l shares of Common Stock.

2. The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional l shares of Common Stock.

3. The public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $ l .

SCHEDULE B-2

Free Writing Prospectuses

NONE

 

28


SCHEDULE C

List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-up

Alan H. Auerbach

Thomas R. Malley

Jay M. Moyes

Charles R. Eyler

Richard P. Bryce

Richard Phillips, Ph.D.

 

29


Exhibit A

FORM OF OPINION AND NEGATIVE ASSURANCE LETTER OF COMPANY’S COUNSEL

TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(b)

 

1


Exhibit B

FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY’S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COUNSEL

TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(C)

 

1


Exhibit C

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

September      , 2012

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Leerink Swann LLC

as Representatives of the several

Underwriters to be named in the

within-mentioned Underwriting Agreement

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Re: Proposed Public Offering by Puma Biotechnology, Inc.

Dear Sirs:

The undersigned, an officer, director and/or stockholder of Puma Biotechnology, Inc., Delaware corporation (the “Company”), understands that Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) and Leerink Swann LLC (“Leerink,” and together with Merrill Lynch, the “Representatives”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with the Company providing for the public offering (the “Offering”) of shares (the “Securities”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”). In recognition of the benefit that the Offering will confer upon the undersigned as an officer, director and/or stockholder of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”) that, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date that is 90 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement (subject to extensions as discussed below), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of the Company’s Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-up Securities, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

1


If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer the Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representatives, provided that in the case of (i) through (v) below (1) the Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the lockup period from each donee, trustee, executor, administrator, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the 90-day lock-up period:

 

  (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts; or

 

  (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); or

 

  (iii) as a distribution to limited partners or stockholders of the undersigned; or

 

  (iv) to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned; or

 

  (v) following the death of the undersigned by will, by intestate succession or pursuant to a so-called “living trust” or other revocable trust established to provide for the disposition of the undersigned’s property upon the undersigned’s death; or

 

  (vi) to the Company (or the Company may withhold such securities) solely for tax withholding purposes in connection with the vesting of equity awards that are subject to a taxable event upon vesting.

Furthermore, the undersigned may sell shares of Common Stock of the Company purchased by the undersigned on the open market following the Offering if and only if (i) such sales during the 90-day lock-up period are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such sales during the 90-day lock-up period or within two business days thereafter.

In addition, notwithstanding the lock-up restrictions described herein, the undersigned may at any time after the date hereof establish a 10b5-1 plan pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act, provided that (1) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the 90-day lock-up period, and (2) entry into the 10b5-1 plan is not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act, and no other public announcement of the 10b5-1 plan is required or voluntarily effected during the 90-day lock-up period.

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if:

(1) during the last 17 days of the 90-day lock-up period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or

(2) prior to the expiration of the 90-day lock-up period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 90-day lock-up period,

the restrictions imposed by this lock-up agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such extension.

The undersigned agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this lock-up agreement during the period from the date of this lock-up agreement to and including the 34 th day following the expiration of the initial 90-day lock-up period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the 90-day lock-up period (as may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

It is understood that, if (i) the Company notifies the Representatives in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement is not executed on or before November 30, 2012 (which date may be extended for up to an additional 90 days by the Company by written notice to the undersigned) or (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate pursuant to its terms or be terminated for any reason prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder (other than any shares issuable upon exercise of the option granted to the Underwriters), this lock-up agreement shall immediately terminate and the undersigned shall automatically be released from all of his, her or its obligations under this lock-up agreement.

This lock-up agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

3


Very truly yours,
 
(Name of Shareholder—Please Print)
 
(Signature)
Address:    
   
   


Exhibit D

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3(j)

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

[Date]

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC. (the “Company”) announced today that BofA Merrill Lynch and Leerink Swann, the joint book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of ˜ shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to ˜ shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on ˜ , 20 ˜ , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

D-1

Exhibit 5.1

 

            650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor
      Costa Mesa, California 92626-1925
      Tel: +1.714.540.1235 Fax: +1.714.755.8290
      www.lw.com
LOGO                                                                                          FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
      Abu Dhabi    Moscow
      Barcelona    Munich
      Beijing    New Jersey
      Boston    New York
      Brussels    Orange County
      Chicago    Paris
      Doha    Riyadh
      Dubai    Rome
      Frankfurt    San Diego
      Hamburg    San Francisco
      Hong Kong    Shanghai
      Houston    Silicon Valley
      London    Singapore
      Los Angeles    Tokyo
October 12, 2012       Madrid    Washington, D.C.
      Milan   
      File No. 048623-0003

Puma Biotechnology, Inc.

10880 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 2150

Los Angeles, CA 90024

 

  Re: Registration Statement No. 333-184187; $86,956,518 of shares of
       common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to $86,956,518 of shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Shares ”) (including up to $13,043,482 of shares subject to the underwriters’ overallotment option). The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on September 28, 2012 (File No. 333-184187), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”). The term “Shares” shall include any additional shares of common stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related Prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.


October 12, 2012

Page 2

LOGO

 

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers, and the Shares have been issued by the Company against payment therefor (not less than par value) in total numbers that do not exceed the total number of shares available under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Validity of Common Stock.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Shares. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

Exhibit 10.17

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , 20__ by and between Puma Biotechnology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                          (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The certificate of incorporation of the Company requires indemnification of certain persons to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). The DGCL expressly provides that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to obligate itself contractually to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS , this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the certificate of incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS , Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, to continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she be so indemnified.


NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as an officer, director or key employee of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation.

2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”); provided , however , that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board of Directors . During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals, who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(v) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

2


(c) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

(f) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(g) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(h) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(i) “ Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided , however , that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(j) The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, formal or informal, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken (or failure to act) by him or her or of any action (or failure to act) on his or her part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a

 

3


director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(k) References to “ other enterprise ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that any court in which the Proceeding was brought or the Delaware Court of Chancery shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, the Company also shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with a claim, issue or matter related to any claim, issue or matter on which Indemnitee was successful.

 

4


For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

6. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

7. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4 or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding. No indemnity shall be made under this Section 7(a) on account of Indemnitee’s conduct which constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders or is an act or omission not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

(b) For purposes of Section 7(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

8. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been received by or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount actually received under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision;

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) except as otherwise provided in Sections 13(d)-(f) hereof, prior to a Change in Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

5


9. Advances of Expenses; Defense of Claim.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances solely upon the execution and delivery to the Company of an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 9(a) shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 8.

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(c) The Company shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

10. Procedure for Notification and Application for Indemnification.

(a) Within sixty (60) days after the actual receipt by Indemnitee of notice that he or she is a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written notice identifying the Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee (i) otherwise than under this Agreement and (ii) under this Agreement unless and only to the extent that the Company can establish that such omission to notify resulted in actual prejudice to the Company.

(b) Indemnitee shall thereafter deliver to the Company a written application to indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with this Agreement. Such application(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Following such a written application for indemnification by Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement.

11. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(b), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if constituting less than a quorum of the Board; or (ii) if so requested by Indemnitee, in his or her sole discretion, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs

 

6


or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and the basis for the Board’s determination that such counsel qualified as Independent Counsel. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(b) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction (the “ Court ”) for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such Independent Counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

12. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(b) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by the Board or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by the Board or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

7


(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 60-day period shall be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 12(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent, advisor or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

13. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement within the time period specified in Section 12(b) of this Agreement, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6, 7 or the last sentence of Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

8


(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial or arbitration on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 13, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 9 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 13, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of Expenses sought, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advances of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect or (ii) recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

14. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

9


(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the Company’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of the Board or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. The parties hereto intend that, to the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s bylaws and this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managing members, fiduciaries, employees or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

15. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company; or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any Section 13 Proceeding).

16. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

10


17. Enforcement and Binding Effect.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to Indemnitee’s service as an officer, director or key employee of the Company prior to the date of this Agreement.

(d) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

18. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

19. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, except as provided in Section 10(a).

20. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and if receipt is acknowledged in writing by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to:

Puma Biotechnology, Inc.

10880 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 2150

Los Angeles, CA 90024

Attn.: Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee in writing by the Company.

 

11


21. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect: (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”) and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint irrevocably, to the extent such party is not a resident of the State of Delaware, Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court and (v) waive and agree not to plead or to make any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

23. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

24. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PUMA BIOTECHNOLOGY, INC.

a Delaware corporation

    INDEMNITEE
By:          
Name:         [NAME]
Title:          
      Address:    
       
       

 

13

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Puma Biotechnology, Inc.

Los Angeles, California

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 29, 2012 relating to the financial statements of Puma Biotechnology, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, for the year ended December 31, 2011, for the period from September 15, 2010 (date of inception) through December 31, 2010, and for the period from September 15, 2010 (date of inception) through December 31, 2011. We further consent to the reference to our firm in the section on Experts.

 

San Diego, California

     /s/ PKF

October 15, 2012

     PKF
    

Certified Public Accountants

A Professional Corporation